Over the course of the past few years I have had the opportunity to talk and work with some pretty intelligent people – many of whom hold, or have held -high positions in government and industry.

One common thread that I have noticed is that they all have the ability to perceive what “is coming down the line” and prepare for the onslaught before it ever happens.

In other words, they are all “pro-active.”  They take action before action overtakes them.

I have often been asked in the past how I was so “lucky” not to get screwed in the Technology Boom/Bust and also in the, still current, housing fiasco.

So today, I’d like to share a couple of things that I did to be pro-active in my own personal life – and then see if we can expand on that to the level of the Federal Government.

THE TECHNOLOGY BUBBLE

Thanks to investors in Japan, who were eons ahead of me when it came to the Stock Market, I was able to take advantage of their generosity and savvy investing skills, to make a fair amount of money.

The secret in all investing is not knowing when to buy – but when to sell.

When the market was peaking, and any technology stock on the market was going up hundreds of dollars a day, I was thick into the “rush” of getting rich.

Only one problem.  I had lost all track of common sense.

One evening, my wife, Akiko, laid down an ultimatum:  ”Either you sell everything now, or I am leaving.”

I did not give her much credence on the threat.  Wives say a lot of things they don’t really mean, so I kept on trading – at midnight in Japan.  (Remember, the market’s exactly opposite in the way of time.)  I would teach all day – then trade until 3 a.m., then hit the sack.

Suddenly, I heard my wife rummaging through our closet, dragging out her suitcase.  I knew then she was serious.

For the next two hours I sold every stock I owned.

The following day I went to school and confessed to my other friends, who were still in the market, only to be riddled with remarks of how I got out too early and how I was missing the “opportunity of a lifetime.”

I was sick to my stomach.

Three months later, the market crashed.

My wife was the one who had her eye on the time-clock.  I was too busy being a “trader” to pay any attention to the signs all around me.

Most of the other teachers who decided to stay in the market are, to this day, teaching English in Japan.

And there are those who are still tenaciously clinging to their 5000 shares of JDSU, hoping against all hope, that it will rebound to the lofty levels that it once was.

They simply did not see the “writing on the wall.”  And, if it had not been for my wife, I would not have seen it either.

THE HOUSING BUBBLE

When Akiko and I moved to the state of Washington, in 2003, we had already invested in a nice house by Lake Whatcom and a 5 acre ranch – with the money we had made in the Technology Bubble.

We were fortunate enough to buy a couple of condos and generate cash rents from those investments.  Everything was paid for in cash – again, from the Stock Market.

I was selling real estate and running for Congress at the same time.  Needless to say, I was busier than hell.

My wife and I were looking for more real estate to buy, when I started to hear other agents, almost giddy with excitement, say that they were selling houses to everybody, “even people who can’t afford them.”

That scared the hell out of me, because it woke me up to what was going on all around me – again.

I took a day or two just to actually “watch” other agents, flying around their offices, running to listings that were on and off the market within hours.

People who I had the utmost respect for were getting sucked into the frenzy.

The writing on the wall does you no good if you refuse to read it.

I got very nervous at what was going on.  The first thing I did was put our house by the lake up for sale.  I sold it to the people I had been renting it to for the past two years, in less than a week.

The next thing I did was sell both condos.  They went within days.

Then I cancelled my name on pre-construction lists – and did not even bother to “sell my positions” – something that was going on at a very fast clip.

Again, I was chided for leaving the market too soon.

Again, I heard the refrain, “the opportunity of a lifetime.”

I was now seriously frightened.  After my campaign for Congress was over, I was offered a University teaching job in China.  On a flyer, I took the position and taught in Fujian Province for one year.

Upon our return, Akiko and I, liquidated our ranch, all our holdings and moved to a rented apartment in Sacramento.

PANAMA INVESTMENT

During our stay in China, my wife and I flew to Panama, liked what we saw and invested in two condos.  It has taken much longer for these to be built – both over three years, to complete a job that was supposed to be done in 12 to 18 months.

That is the gamble you take.  The reason we went this route is because we were trying to be pro-active with respect to the coming economic decline headed for the United States.

And yes, I must admit, I did see this one coming.

Our first year in Sacramento we rented a one bedroom apartment and sweated through a horrible summer, tripping over each other in stifling heat (we were saving on electricity, so no air-conditioning) while at the same time trying to buy something that would be better for us to live in.

We finally found a nice condo and have been staying here ever since.

Next Monday we fly out to Panama to take possession of our first of two condominiums.

It is another gamble that we are taking in our pro-active life, trying to stay one step ahead of that ever growing menace of the Governmental Octopus known as the Internal Revenue Service.

SO WHY ALL THE BRAGGING?

Sorry, folks, but this is not bragging.  If it were I would be saying I had it all planned out.

But I did not.  And that is what I am trying to “share” with everyone today.

I will be the first one to tell you, I am not an astute businessman.  I have lost a lot of money in my life – but never as big as some of my friends who decided to play the Tech and Housing Bubbles to the limit – and got severely burned in the process.

I could pretend to say I knew what I was doing, but truth be told, I didn’t have a clue.

On the first move, it was essentially my wife’s call.  The selling of all our real estate properties was mine.  Akiko almost killed me when I sold the ranch.

But it all worked out for the best in the long run.

I think the secret here is a little refrain that I developed awhile back:

When need, gives way to greed, you bleed.

I have tried to remember this every time I think I am getting into the “opportunity of a lifetime.”

I was taken aback by the Tech Bubble.  I thought it was going to go on “forever.”

It didn’t.

I know people who told me that the Housing BOOM would go on “forever.”

But it didn’t, either.

Akiko and I had to downsize – and do it quickly – or else we would have lost everything we had worked for, over the last quarter of a century.

We bought an old Toyota and a used Chevy pickup truck.  We haven’t gone out to a restaurant for 6 months together. We never go to the theater.  My wife cuts my hair – and her own to boot!  She has not been to a beauty parlor for 20 years.

We shop at COSTCO, Grocery Outlet, and the local Thrift Town.  I gave up cigars long ago and now drink wine ONLY if we pay $5 a bottle or less – and have lately discovered that “box wine” is very cheap and not all that bad tasting.

Sunday afternoon drives are out of the question, I now collect aluminum cans and bottles out of our big trash bins in the rear of our complex and return them to the guy at our local grocery store who runs a recycle center.

I wear shirts until they are literally rags, the crotches of most of my pants are worn so thin that they occassionally split on me when I go for a walk, and all my socks have holes in them.

Another little tidbit that I try now to abide by is:

I don’t dress to impress – I invest.

We have cut back to the bone – and then cut some more.

Did I mention, due to the exorbitant prices that my wife and I were quoted, we have NO health insurance?  And that is with no “pre-existing conditions” whatsoever.

That is quite a testament as to how things are really going for average people here in the United States of America.

(As an interesting side note, I can go to Panama and get “prescription” drugs over the counter for 80% cheaper than I can here in the States – and all those drugs are made in America!)

WHAT ABOUT THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT?

The reason I have gone into such detail above is because I wanted to show everyone that being successful can be accomplished – but it is not easy, nor is it as fun as it appears.  But you CAN be successful – if you really want to sacrifice.

And therein lies the real point of what I am talking about.

How many readers have not gone to a restaurant with their “significant other” for over half a year?

How many readers shop at COSTCO – and second-hand stores only?

How many readers buy fat free milk – because it is so cheap?

We never go to Macy’s, Nordstrom’s, or any other retail outlet.

And how many readers go to Starbucks on a daily basis?  At $3 a pop, five times a week, that comes to $780 a year! What the hell is everybody doing?

And for that matter, how many people actually fell for the sales-pitch of bottled water?  If you did, you are more gullible than I will ever be.

The other day, when I was going for a walk with a neighbor, I stepped off the curb to pick up a penny.  Jokingly, he asked, “Are you really that hard up?”

I told him that this is the reason my condo, car and truck are paid for.  Then I added, “I only need another 99 pennies and I’ll have a dollar.”

He laughed again – but he got the point.

America is a 70% consumer based economy.  That is completely nuts.

We should be 50% consumer driven – at the most.

All Americans are going to have to dig deep to handle the inflation that I see coming down that proverbial pike.

Look at all your utility bills.  They are going up.  So are your TV, telephone and Internet services.

Start to run a simple check on the cost of basic staples where you shop.

Everything is going up.

And beware, a lot of companies are “downsizing” their product volume – but keeping the same price.  THAT IS INFLATION.

If anyone tells you we don’t have inflation ALREADY – call them a liar.  It is here and it is going to get worse.

I have friends on fixed incomes that are really starting to hurt – but many of them REFUSE to downsize themselves. And THAT is my point.

Simply eating out twice a month for two people is roughly $100.  I am talking dinner here, so that price seems pretty reasonable to me.

Whatever the case may be, simply add the $780 from Starbucks plus the $1200 dollars for eating out for a year and now you have $1980.00!

Now that is some SERIOUS MONEY if you are living on a fixed income.

My point is, we are all too fat – and we are all too wasteful.

But more than anything else, we are all too lazy.

And this finally brings me to the FEDERAL GOVERNMENT and the REAL point of this edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

The people that I referred to at the beginning of this article were strict backers of my campaign – although silent to this day.  They have agreed on two main points that I have harped on for years:

THE SIMPLICITY OF FIXING TWO PROBLEMS THAT ARE NOW COMING “DOWN THE PIKE” – AFFORDABLE HEALTHCARE AND RAMPANT, OUT-OF-CONTROL TAXES

These problems ARE NOT difficult to fix.  But we have been sold a HUGE BILL OF GOODS – just like bottled water.

How simple is it to fix the healthcare situation?

That is an easy one.

Remember when Senator Kennedy had his brain tumor and was rushed to the hospital?  He was immediately taken care of.  That swift action probably saved his life.

The medical cost to Kennedy?  Not one red cent.

The cost to WE THE PEOPLE?  BILLIONS OF DOLLARS in OBAMACARE!

So, my simple solution would be this.  Give WE THE PEOPLE the exact same type of health coverage that our government “representatives” get and that part of the problem would immediately be solved.

Some of my friends say this is impossible.  Well, very simply put, IT IS NOT IMPOSSIBLE.

The only things impossible in life are the things you have not yet tried.

Our government – our representatives – spent one year debating – and finally allocating HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS FOR A HEALTHCARE SYSTEM that is totally whacko, no one knows how it will work – and we are all going to be FORCED to pay for it – even if we don’t want it.

It would have been much simpler – not to mention CHEAPER – to just extend the “Cadillac Coverage” that our representatives are now getting, to WE THE PEOPLE.

Repeal Obamacare in favor of the exact same coverage that our representatives are now privileged to receive at our bequest.

Problem one solved!

Now for the taxes.

I have said it before and I will say it again.

Abolish ALL FEDERAL TAXES and implement a 10% National Sales Tax on all goods sold in this country.

We can debate the idea of a VAT or a National Sales Tax later.  The point is, our present Income Tax system is legalized robbery and should be immediately halted.

SO WHO IS GOING TO STOP THIS CRAP?

I am glad you asked that question.

If WE THE PEOPLE press every candidate – be they Democrat or Republican – to adhere to the above two points after they get elected – then it can be done.

I urge every reader to go to meetings, go to speeches, go to picnics where the candidates are and ask them if they will commit, IN WRITING, to do the following:

Lobby for national healthcare on par with their own; abolishment of the IRS and replace it with a 10% National Sales Tax.

Ladies and Gentlemen, I cannot make it any clearer than that.

If they give you ANY excuses that this is not “possible” or “feasible” call them wanton liars to their faces – and walk out of the meeting.

Get up off your collective asses and go to these political events – and GET INVOLVED.

And my final question is, how many of you have gone to these meetings – and STOOD UP and asked pointed questions?

Therein lies the reason why we are in the shape that we find ourselves today.

Be not afraid to speak – for what use is Freedom of Speech – if you fear to let your feelings be known?

WE MUST BE VIGOROUSLY PRO-ACTIVE.

Our Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness depend upon us acting NOW!

As always, it is up to WE THE PEOPLE.

Best wishes and have a good weekend.

Remember November – 67 Days and Counting!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

My apologies for sending another AMERICAN TELEGRAPH so soon, but this is too important to wait until next Saturday.

It has to do with taxes – and it shows the blatant, intentional lies that have been perpetrated by the current administration of President Barack Obama.

I will let the numbers speak for themselves.  If there are mistakes, or if this is not the case, set the record straight in the comments section at the bottom of this page.

The following information and corresponding numbers were sent to me by David, who lives and works in Bellingham, Washington.  Many thanks for the heads-up!  All information is copied from the Internet, from an article written by Fred Ryan.

2011 TAX HIKES:

In just six months, the largest tax hikes in the history of America will take effect.  They will hit families and small businesses in three great waves on January 1, 2011:

(N.B. This version of the document contains even more tax hikes than the original version did)

First Wave: Expiration of 2001 and 2003 Tax Relief

In 2001 and 2003, the GOP Congress enacted several tax cuts for investors, small business owners, and families.  These will all expire on January 1, 2011:

Personal income tax rates will rise. The top income tax rate will rise from 35 to 39.6 percent (this is also the rate at which two-thirds of small business profits are taxed).  The lowest rate will rise from 10 to 15 percent.  All the rates in between will also rise.  Itemized deductions and personal exemptions will again phase out, which has the same mathematical effect as higher marginal tax rates.  The full list of marginal rate hikes is below:

- The 10% bracket rises to an expanded 15%
- The 25% bracket rises to 28%
- The 28% bracket rises to 31%
- The 33% bracket rises to 36%
- The 35% bracket rises to 39.6%

Higher taxes on marriage and family. The “marriage penalty” (narrower tax brackets for married couples) will return from the first dollar of income.  The child tax credit will be cut in half from $1000 to $500 per child.  The standard deduction will no longer be doubled for married couples relative to the single level.  The dependent care and adoption tax credits will be cut.

The return of the Death Tax. This year, there is no death tax.  For those dying on or after January 1 2011, there is a 55 percent top death tax rate on estates over $1 million.  A person leaving behind two homes and a retirement account could easily pass along a death tax bill to their loved ones.

Higher tax rates on savers and investors. The capital gains tax will rise from 15 percent this year to 20 percent in 2011.  The dividends tax will rise from 15 percent this year to 39.6 percent in 2011.  These rates will rise another 3.8 percent in 2013.

Second Wave: Obamacare

There are over twenty new or higher taxes in Obamacare.  Several will first go into effect on January 1, 2011.  They include:

The Tanning Tax. This went into effect on July 1st of this year.  It imposes a new, 10% excise tax on getting a tan at a tanning salon.  There is no exemption for tanners making less than $250,000 per year.

The “Medicine Cabinet Tax” Thanks to Obamacare, Americans will no longer be able to use health savings account (HSA), flexible spending account (FSA), or health reimbursement (HRA) pre-tax dollars to purchase non-prescription, over-the-counter medicines (except insulin).

The HSA Withdrawal Tax Hike. This provision of Obamacare increases the additional tax on non-medical early withdrawals from an HSA from 10 to 20 percent, disadvantaging them relative to IRAs and other tax-advantaged accounts, which remain at 10 percent.

Brand Name Drug Tax. Starting next year, there will be a multi-billion dollar tax assessment imposed on name-brand drug manufacturers.  This tax, like all excise taxes, will raise the price of medicine, hurting everyone.

Economic Substance Doctrine. The IRS is now empowered to disallow perfectly-legal tax deductions and maneuvers merely because it judges that the deduction or action lacks “economic substance.”  This is obviously an arbitrary empowerment of IRS agents.

Employer Reporting of Health Insurance Costs on a W-2. This will start for W-2s in the 2011 tax year.  While not a tax increase in itself, it makes it very easy for Congress to tax employer-provided healthcare benefits later.

Third Wave: The Alternative Minimum Tax and Employer Tax Hikes

When Americans prepare to file their tax returns in January of 2011, they’ll be in for a nasty surprise—the AMT won’t be held harmless, and many tax relief provisions will have expired.  These major items include:

The AMT will ensnare over 28 million families, up from 4 million last year. According to the left-leaning Tax Policy Center, Congress’ failure to index the AMT will lead to an explosion of AMT taxpaying families—rising from 4 million last year to 28.5 million.  These families will have to calculate their tax burdens twice, and pay taxes at the higher level.  The AMT was created in 1969 to ensnare a handful of taxpayers.

Small business expensing will be slashed and 50% expensing will disappear. Small businesses can normally expense (rather than slowly-deduct, or “depreciate”) equipment purchases up to $250,000.  This will be cut all the way down to $25,000.  Larger businesses can expense half of their purchases of equipment.  In January of 2011, all of it will have to be “depreciated.”

Taxes will be raised on all types of businesses. There are literally scores of tax hikes on business that will take place.  The biggest is the loss of the “research and experimentation tax credit,” but there are many, many others.  Combining high marginal tax rates with the loss of this tax relief will cost jobs.

Tax Benefits for Education and Teaching Reduced. The deduction for tuition and fees will not be available.  Tax credits for education will be limited.  Teachers will no longer be able to deduct classroom expenses.  Coverdell Education Savings Accounts will be cut.  Employer-provided educational assistance is curtailed.  The student loan interest deduction will be disallowed for hundreds of thousands of families.

Charitable Contributions from IRAs no longer allowed. Under current law, a retired person with an IRA can contribute up to $100,000 per year directly to a charity from their IRA.  This contribution also counts toward an annual “required minimum distribution.”  This ability will no longer be there.

Research of Summaries:

On page 25 of 29: TITLE IX REVENUE PROVISIONS – SUBTITLE A: REVENUE OFFSET PROVISIONS – (sec. 9001, as modified by section 10901) Section 9002 “requires employers to include in the W-2 Form of each employee the aggregate cost of applicable employer sponsored group health coverage that is excludable from the employee’s gross income.”

Joan Pryde is the senior tax editor for the Kiplinger Letters.  Go to Kiplingers and read about 13 tax changes that could affect you.  Number 3 is what is above.

MY PERSONAL TAKE

A while back, I wrote a newsletter dealing with the very simple concept of a NATIONAL SALES TAX of 10%.  We can bicker above whether is should be a VAT (Value Added Tax) in which each product is taxed as it moves through the production/sales/wholesale/retail chain OR a National Sales Tax of 10% at the retail end (cash register).

I took a lot of heat for this being “too simple” and “naive” to the point of “absolute absurdity.”

It is time WE THE PEOPLE put a stop to this whole idea of TAX CANDY for the Politically enriched who are now “servicing” every American – be they rich OR not rich.

The only reason politicians say “it is very difficult” or it is “too complicated” is beause they do not have the answers to the problems themselves.

They are pushing this TAX BANDITRY onto EVERY AMERICAN in the Country.

Why is it so hard to see what needs to be done?

Elect Candidates that SIGN a PLEDGE to abolish the FED.

Elect Candidates that SIGN a PLEDGE to abolish the IRS.

Elect Candidates that SIGN a PLEDGE to abolish the 16th Amendment – and end Income Taxes FOREVER.

How is it that those people who voted for Obama are still in favor of the tax proposals that are coming in just six short months?  Obama himself said that he would not raise taxes on ANYONE that makes less than $250,000.

THIS WAS A CALCULATED LIE – FOR THE INGESTION OF THE POLITICALLY GULLIBLE.

Have we all gone insane?

All those who voted for Obama are guilty of making a huge mistake.  Whether they are willing to admit it or not, isn’t the point.  They still have time to vote these tax increases into the ground.

All those who DID NOT VOTE are even more despicable, in the fact that they DID NOTHING AT ALL.  Whatever your reasoning is for not voting – it is not good.  MEN AND WOMEN ARE DYING FOR THIS PRIVILEGE EVERYDAY.

You have no right NOT to vote.

Wake up, America.  Time is NO LONGER on our side.

Keep thinking positive.  71 days – and counting.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

FDR used this phrase to inspire millions of Americans to buck up, get themselves out of the doldrums and start to think positive.

I used this as a quick introduction to this week’s edition of, THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, because of the overwhelming response I got to my last newsletter – albeit in semi-secrecy.  By that, I mean, a lot of people wrote to me, via e-mail, expressing their agreement for what I had written – but asking me, “not to say anything in public about my support.”

There were only two writers who had the courage to send in comments to the blog section – and sign their names.

Are we really THAT afraid to call Radical Islam for what it is?  Are we Americans so scared that we play dumb when such “controversial” subjects present themselves?

I certainly hope not – but that is how it is starting to appear to me.

If you don’t have the courage to speak up – and sign your name – then maybe you are part of the problem, and not the solution.

Just a thought.

THE NEVER-ENDING IDIOCY OF THE GOP

I am afraid that I have seen this before, from a first-hand perspective.  I am sorry to admit it, but this was referred to months before it started.

In California, Meg Whitman, is spending millions of dollars of her own money to win the governorship of California.  You don’t spend that kind of money – from YOUR OWN pocket – without believing in what you are doing, let alone for the love of California and the Country.

Yet, she is getting hit hard by the radical-conservative-right portion of the GOP.

After all her spending, she is pretty much equal with Jerry Brown – a lifetime, liberal politician – that lives in a million dollar home – yet pretends to be a man of the people.

Brown wants to raise taxes and expand government – Whitman wants to do just the opposite.

Yet, the “ultra-conservatives” are going against her simply because of her stand on two “social issues.”  I leave it to your imagination what these two “issues” are.

If the ignorant, intolerant members of the GOP do not back Whitman in her gubernatorial run, and if she loses, it will be the GOP’s ultra-right bunch that is to blame.  No one else.

I hate to say it, but I have a feeling that Jerry Brown might win in California.

As for Carly Fiorina, she is getting hammered by the same group of GOP malcontents.

If this kind of thing is allowed to persist in the GOP, then they will NOT win either the House nor the Senate, in 2010 – and lose again in 2012.

I am continually astounded as to why the GOP allows this despicable element to continue to poison a once proud and dignified Republican Party.

Here we have TWO great candidates for office, both females with extensive business experience, and both adhering to smaller government and less taxes – and the ultra-right is giving them hell.

It is the most unconscionable act of tyranny against the Republican Party that I have seen in some time.

And now we have Dino Rossi in Wahsington, who is poised to take on Patty Murray.  The GOP had a chance to throw all its marbles behind a truly good candidate in Paul Akers, and they went with a two time loser, professional politician in Dino Rossi.  Does the GOP really think he will beat Patty Murray?

It can only come down to the leadership – Michael Steele.  This man should have been removed long ago, but there is something keeping him where he is.  It certainly is not his intelligence, nor his leadership ability.

What is wrong with the GOP and why has no one voiced any strong opposition as to what is taking place within it ranks?  We are headed for a real shocker if things don’t change – and change soon.

NEWT FOR PRESIDENT

If Newt Gingrich is the standard bearer for the Republicans, I quit.  If Mitt Romney is selected to be the GOP presidential candidate, I quit – again.

And if Sarah Palin gets the nod, I will move back to Japan.

Do I hate these people?  Absolutely not.  Can they win the presidency in 2012?  Again, absolutely not!

So why is the GOP still wallowing in the mire and murk that has surrounded them for years?  Because they no longer represent the middle of the road Conservatives that the Republican Party was once all about.

The Republicans have allowed themselves to be hijacked by a small element that has its own agenda – and not that of the United States of America, at heart.

There is an element as dangerous and cunning lurking within the main-stream Republican Party that is like a cancer running amok.

If the GOP does not wake up – and do it fast – we could see a repeat of Obama in 2012.  And that is NOT a prediction.  It is a given!

OBAMA GETTING HIS FOOTING

I know this sounds strange – and against all the hoopla that FOX News is gloating about – but I see the GOP, once again, selling short the Chicago Political Machine.

All I hear is how the Republicans are going to take BOTH Houses.  I don’t think this is going to happen.

Did I forget to mention Sharon Angle – and her stupid, insipid remarks.  Is this all the GOP has to offer?

The Obama Machine is quietly gaining strength, and NOBODY seems to be noticing what is happening.

The Media is into Obama big time.  They are going to play up every failure as a “success.”  It is already starting to happen.

If the GOP does not bind together, and put aside its petty differences, We The People, are going to be paying for it for the rest of our lives.

Obama’s administration is going to pull out all the stops.  They are going to run a full-barreled offensive, the likes of which we are just beginning to see.

But I am NOT talking only about 2010.  They already have their sights set on 2012 – while elements of the Republican Party are still bitching and moaning about certain “social issues” and ignoring what is really important to this country – namely on-going war(s), the economy, higher taxes, a deplorable situation on our borders, decaying schools and a plethora of other problems.

But a certain element within the Republican Party dismisses all this, in the name of their litmus test “issues.”

If they succeed – and lose – this element should be run out of town on a rail – and preferably set afire!

THE MAGICAL LIE

Tell a lie enough times, and people will start to believe it.

Obama makes Bill Clinton look like a schoolboy making an excuse for why he did not hand in his homework 0n time.

But my biggest fear is not Obama per se.  It is the people who voted for him that bother me.  And, believe me, they will vote for him again, if lied to in the appropriate manner.

President Obama will make any decrease in the unemployment rate seem bigger than reality.

“We are making progress,” will be the mantra.  ”It takes time,” will be another one.

“We inherited a disastrous situation,” will be the recurring theme.

And RACE is going to be even bigger in the coming months – because it is so explosive – and SO effective.

And remember, the Media is going to propagate all of this every chance they get.  Forget about them telling you the truth.  It simply won’t happen.

For example, do you realize that the Gulf oil leak has not been completely stopped – and that there is a huge oil slick lying at the bottom of the Gulf – and drifting along at a very menacing rate of speed?  Why are these things not HEADLINE NEWS?  If Bush were still President, you can bet they would be.

Iran is nearing nuclear capability.  SOUTH Korea has just said it will “think about” the sanctions on Iran.  Not NORTH Korea, South Korea – where thousands of American Soldiers have fought and died – to defend that country.  And where we have 30,000 troops actively protecting it – for over the last 60 years.

Billions of dollars are STILL being pumped into the economy – but we never hear anything about this.  Where is all this extra money really going?

Where is the Media?  Firmly in the pocket of the Chicago Political Machine.

And that is precisely my point.  It is We the People, who can be so easily misled.

So many people I talked to, that voted for Obama, said they believed him.  What the hell is going on here?

This many Americans actually believe a POLITICIAN?  Are we all nuts?

And that was their only reasoning.  ”Hope and Change.”

If that isn’t an insane concept, I don’t know what is.

SO WHAT TO DO NOW?

The last thing true Conservatives should do is gloat over a PRESUMED “sweep” of the House and Senate in 2010.  We have not won it yet.  Not by a long shot.

Now is the time to work harder than ever.  If you have been involved with local candidates – get MORE involved.

Pick out TRUE Conservative candidates – and back them with your time and money.

Volunteer for working the phones, going door to door, licking stamps, writing e-mails (or setting up your own blog).

The thing that true Conservatives should NOT do is back down from the destructive elements within the GOP.

They should be challenged on every front, exposed for who they really are – self-centered bigots, with a very narrow interpretation as to what the Grand Old Party is all about.

Show no fear.  Face these fractional elements down – before they bring on total destruction to the Republican Party – and that of the United States of America.

Best wishes for a happy weekend – and keep thinking positive!

And remember – 73 Days and counting!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I won’t go into this in detail, simply because the news has covered it so much that I am tired of hearing about it.

All I will add is that the Mosque in question should not be built at the proposed site.

I have done a lot of reading lately about the concept of Islam as a “religion” and have come to the “uneducated” conclusion that Islam is more of a cult, than a bona fide religion.

1. bona fide (adjective): made, done, presented, etc., in good faith; without deception or fraud: a bona fide statement of intent to sell.

The keys in this definition are “in good faith” and “without deception or fraud” and that is where Islam fails to meet the accepted standards of any religion.

However, if I am wrong, please show me in the most up-to-date, authorized copy of the Quran/Koran where it tells its followers NOT to convert – or to kill – the “non-believers” and I will amend my statement.

In my humble opinion, any religion that has – in part, or parcel – the commandment to KILL others who do not adhere to their particular faith, is not a religion, but indeed a cult.

Jim Jones and his Jonestown Massacre come immediately to mind.

A simple quote as to this NOT being the bottom-line aim of the Quran/Koran is all I ask.

And as for this nation being anywhere near Sharia Law compliant, I could not find it referred to, even once, in the whole of the United States Constitution.

America is NOT Sharia Law compliant – thank God.

Anybody who thinks it should be might want to consider what those laws really are.  Any woman in her right mind would cringe at what is stated with regard to the female species in the Quran/Koran.

Why women’s rights groups all over the WORLD are not complaining is beyond me.

Read what those laws really are – and then tell me if you wish to believe in Islam.

As for me, Sharia Law compliance can go – straight to Hell.

RACE – AND THE RACE CARD

For this, too, I apologize.  I stated very early in this election cycle that race would be brought up, and that the Republicans would be painted as racists in the whole debate leading up to the November elections.

However, I had no idea that it would be this important so far.

With that in mind, I would like to quote Thomas Sowell in a recent article sent to me by, Big Bob, in Japan, entitled Bean-Counters and Baloney, in which Dr.Sowell states:

“The time is long overdue to throw this race card out of the deck and start seeing it for the gross fallacy that it is.”

So let’s set things straight, in plain and simple terms.

If George Bush is to be blamed for everything that is wrong with this country, as the Democrats have, time and again stated, I will accept that fact – because he was President at the time when a lot of our current problems began.

Bush was in office as President – so he takes the blame.

Lincoln was in office when the slaves were freed – so Lincoln gets the credit here.  Please don’t give me any other excuse.

Bush was in office – he gets the blame.

Lincoln was in office – he gets the credit.

What’s good for the goose is good for the pig – lipstick and all.

When Lyndon Johnson was hard-pressed to get his Civil Rights Act passed, the DEMOCRATS were balking every step of the way.  This, however, is NOT taught in public schools.

Johnson finally had to go to the REPUBLICANS and ask for their support to pass the Act – because the DEMOCRATS wanted no part of it.

The DEMOCRATS were the racist party.

With the REPUBLICANS in support of Johnson, the Civil Rights Act was passed.  This, too, is NOT taught in public schools.

But yet, Americans of African ancestry are mainly, registered DEMOCRATS.

How can this be?

A Republican President freed the slaves and Republicans were needed to pass the Civil Rights Act, when the Democrats were stonewalling in Congress.

Please remember, the South has been run by the Democratic Party for over 100 years – and the South is still the poorest section of the entire country.

And many of those poor areas are mainly inhabited by Americans of African ancestry.

Remember George Wallace?  Lester Maddox?

Both arch-segregationists.  Both Democrats.

Then we have Robert Byrd – a past KKK member, and a high- ranking one at that.  Another Democrat.

The real reason for this political conundrum is that when Americans of African ancestry were originally registered to vote – with the help of Democratic poll workers – they were “encouraged” to register as Democrats.

Why did they never bother to change their party affiliation?

Probably because of the same reason most people don’t change – it is somewhat of a family tradition.

But now it is time to put the cards on the table – and for everybody to wake up.

WHAT ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT?

Just this.

Republicans are traditionally a party of small government and low taxes.

Democrats are traditionally a party of big government and high taxes.

These points have been made over and over.

But if the Democrats are really for big government – and in essence here to “help the people” – then why are Americans of African ancestry, STILL living in Ghettos all across America?

It is because they have been sold the biggest slab of baloney in the history of politics.

“Vote for us Democrats and we will TAKE CARE of you.”

That has been the mantra of the Democrats for as far back as I can remember.

And THAT is what I am talking about – and the point in which nobody is willing to address.

Republicans WANT Americans – all across the racial spectrum – to take care of THEMSELVES.

I have seen the Democrats play this game ever since I was a child.

Sam Yorty, mayor of Los Angeles used race all the time.  A Democrat.

Tom Bradley, the first black mayor of Los Angeles, and a man I still admire, at times played the race card.  A Democrat.

Yet we STILL have Watts and South Central – not to mention Skid Row.  And yes, there really is a Skid Row in LA.

The Republicans want people off welfare rolls.  Not just Americans of African ancestry – but all Americans, regardless of race, creed or color.

Why?

Because they have to PAY for this type of Big Government through higher and higher taxes.

I realize that Democrats pay taxes, too.  But Democrats still don’t seem to get the idea of providing for YOURSELF.

It is called SELF-RESPONSIBILITY.

To a person, Democrats want to “help” the under-privileged and the down-trodden.

Ask them, and they will tell you this, without blinking an eye.

But the old Asian proverb best describes this approach:

“Feed a man a fish and you feed him for a day.  Teach a man to fish, and you feed him for a lifetime.”

And therein lies the rub.

Most “minority” groups have been fed this line, time and again, but they still remain – for the most part – in the ECONOMIC MINORITY, too.

One question for all readers to ponder:

What ethnic group has the largest number of poor people within its ranks?

If you guessed any other group, other than white people, you are wrong.

This fact is NEVER taught in public schools, either.  I wonder why?

NEW REPUBLICAN CANDIDATES – CHANGE YOUR APPROACH

All New Republican candidates should change their approach with regard to ALL minorities – both ethnic and economic.

Appeal to those who have been trained to think that the government will take care of them.

Ask them why we still have ghettos ALL ACROSS AMERICA?

Tell them the hard facts of life.

RICH PEOPLE DO NOT LIVE IN GHETTOS!

And the majority of rich people work for themselves.

And THAT is the secret of helping yourself – working for yourself.

How hard is it – be you a Democrat or Republican Mayor – to actually draw a target area on the map – and completley wipe out the poverty stricken area?

It is NOT that hard – if you really want to do it.

But do it with local, small business people – not the government.

Business knows business best.

And if you think this is “pie-in-the-sky” thinking, then all I ask you is, who built the Mall of America?

Who built all the baseball and football stadiums across this great country of ours?

Target an area, get business involved – and then, get down to business.

It can be done – but WE THE PEOPLE are the ones who are going to have to do it.

Not the Government.

UPCOMING PRIMARIES – AND NOVEMBER 2010

I urge all voters to take a hard look at all the candidates that are running for office – both Democrat and Republican.

Vote for the person who has had continued SUCCESSFUL business experience.

In the great State of Washington, I reiterate my full support for Paul Akers.  He is SELF-MADE.  He is successful. And Paul Akers is, in my opinion, a New Republican.

He is part of, WE THE PEOPLE.

Paul Akers is capable of beating Patty Murray in November 2010.  Dino Rossi is not.

A vote for Paul is a vote for common-sense, Conservative values.

www.akersforussenate.com

Also, in Georgia’s Primary, my brother David, was part of the successful candidacy of Rob Woodall, another common-sense, Conservative, that looks to be elected to the 7th Congressional Seat in November 2010.

Congratulations to Paul and my little brother!

www.robwoodall.com

There are other primaries still to come, so if you have not done so already, make sure you are registered – and be sure to vote.

A WORD TO THE WISE

I know, I have pounded on this before – but I will say it once again.

If you are hoping for a Republican victory in November, PLEASE don’t fall for the next trap that the Democrats are going to throw at the Republicans – Homosexuals and Abortion.

I can already see the race card starting to diminish in this election – but the “Gay Rights” issue and that of Abortion are just now starting to come to the fore.

Don’t be fooled by this kind of ploy.  Homosexual rights and Abortion are not things the Federal Government should be involved with.

I know a lot of readers feel differently about this, but if these two subjects are dangled in front of Republican candidates – especially any “ultra” Conservative candidates – they will take the bait and, by association, injure the whole party in the process.

One final caution to all Republican candidates.

WE THE PEOPLE - STILL DO NOT TRUST YOU.

You deceived us in the past.  If you do it again, that will be the last time.

If the Republicans are elected, and can turn the tables in the way of the House and Senate – which I believe they can now do – they had better produce lasting, common-sense results.

For if the Republicans fail again – a NEW PARTY will be in the making.

REMEMBER – NOVEMBER!  80 Days until REAL CHANGE YOU CAN BELIEVE IN!  I continue to “HOPE.”

That is it for now.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I have received a ton of private e-mail (many people not even wishing to express their opinions in the open) regarding the last edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

Some were so afraid that they followed up with a phone call to make sure I would not “mention their name.”

I was somewhat saddened by this response, because it showed me how the American Spirit is dwindling into a Nation of Cowards.

This is not to say ALL Americans fall into this category. But too many do, and that is a National Tragedy.

For if there were a “Call to Arms,” like there was in 1776, I wonder how many of our Good Americans would take up the challenge?

My thanks to all those who did have the courage to write on the blog – and sign their names. I know it takes guts to stick your neck out. Please look up the origin of that idiom and you will see what I mean.

So, instead of trying to “force” my Cultural Christian beliefs down anyone’s throat, I thought I would simply close this discussion with a few video links, which you can download – and decide for yourself if you wish to finally stand up and be counted – or eventually singled out – and dealt with in the appropriate manner.

The decision is totally up to you.

The following two “references” have not been completely “verified” but if you wish to continue your own personal study, they might be a good place to start.

If you have already seen these sites, then my full apologies for the redundancies.

1. The Study of Political Islam – Very Long, Very Interesting:
http://www.politicalislam.com/blog/the-study-of-political-islam/

2. Three Things about Islam – These Points are Up for Debate:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ib9rofXQl6w&feature=player_embedded

If you REALLY want to get a handle on what is happening in this “on-going religious controversy,” I strongly suggest that you, at least, read/listen to this subject matter.

I leave it to the individual reader to make up their own mind – and act accordingly.

Many thanks to Doc and Richard for sending the bulk of this information to me for publication. Much appreciated.

DEMOCRACY OR A REPUBLIC

There has been a tremendous amount of confusion regarding what America really is – a Democracy or a Republic.

I am continually amazed at how many Americans simply do NOT understand that America is a Republic – and NOT a Democracy.

The worst form of government is a Democracy – for it is simply a euphonious term for LEGALIZED, MOB RULE.

In essence, Democracy means that the majority has the ultimate authority. That’s it. If 51% want to have a certain thing, whether it is right or wrong, and 49% vote against it – the MAJORITY RULES.

That all sounds fine – until you realize that there is no SYSTEM OF WRITTEN LAW that constricts this method of conduct.

And in a nutshell THAT is the difference.

A Republic is organized on a system of WRITTEN LAWS – a CONSTITUTION – in which a legal system is set in place to “adjudicate” all claims set forth by the citizenry of a Republic.

Please bear in mind: THE UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION is separated in to THREE distinct parts:

The Legislature – House of Representatives and the Senate – these people make the laws.

The Executive Branch – The President (The White House/The Administration) – this person signs the Legislature’s decisions – and thus sets it into LAW. The President DOES NOT make the laws. He merely signs them into effect, once they are presented to him for his signature.

The Judicial Branch – The Courts of America (Municipal, State and Supreme Court) – these people decide whether the laws that are passed by the Legislature and signed by the President are constitutional – ACCORDING TO THE CONSTITUTION.

Thus, if you want to carry this to the extension of the meaning of the words themselves:

Democrats believe in a Democracy – or Mob Rule. This has been very apparent with regard to the way Obamacare was bullied through.

Republicans believe in a Republic – or Rule of Law.

The following video reference will explain in detail how the system is meant to work. I suggest you check it out and make up your own mind, which political philosophy you wish to be associated with.

As a side note – and something most Americans are totally unaware of – is that our Founding Fathers actually abhorred the concept of a pure Democracy.

Mob Rule was the last thing they wanted – so much so, that you will not find the word Democracy – even once – in either the Declaration of Independence, nor the Constitution of the United States of America.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wPlBoe7kilw

“I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America, and to the republic for which it stands, one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.”

My thanks to Charles for forwarding this youtube site to me.

PAUL AKERS FOR UNITED STATES SENATE

For the past couple of months I have been following Paul Akers and his campaign. He is articulate, very well focused on what he intends to do and seems intent on helping America change the course that it is presently on.

Paul Akers has taken a lot of heat for the amount of money he has invested into his campaign – much the same as Meg Whitman has, here in California.

But I tend to look at this as a positive – not a negative development.

Without hesitation, Mr. Akers has put his money where his mouth is. But the real essence of this is that it is his money – not anyone else’s.

And there is the difference. He is not drawing a “pension” from past government positions and claiming to be donating to his own cause.

Paul is digging deep into his own pocket – because of his love for America and his dedication to serving this great country of ours.

He is a very successful businessman: He doesn’t really NEED to run for public office.

However, his desire to be of service to America, his continual statements for fiscal responsibility and his defense of the United States Constitution has convinced me that he is the best person to represent the great State of Washington in the Senate.

I urge all Washingtonians to vote for this courageous and dedicated individual.

For more information, please visit his website – and get involved!

http://www.akersforussenate.com

ROB WOODALL FOR CONGRESS

The following is a bio sent to me by my brother, David Klepinger, who has been working tirelessly on Mr. Woodall’s campaign. I personally support Rob Woodall for Congress – and urge all readers in Georgia to do the same.

Together, WE THE PEOPLE can make a positive change.

From David Klepinger:

Meet Rob Woodall, Republican Candidate for the 7th District of Georgia, U.S. House of Representatives.

The second of two children, Rob Woodall was born in Athens, GA. He attended both public and private schools, ultimately graduating from Marist in 1988. Rob attended Furman University where he graduated in 1992, and enrolled in law school at the University of Georgia that same year.

During law school, Rob spent summers working on energy and health care issues at a Washington, D.C. law firm. During those two summers, 1993 and 1994, the Clinton Tax Bill and the Hillary Health Care Plan were the top items on the legislative agenda.

Frustrated by these proposals, and consumed with a need to do more to defeat them, Rob dropped out of law school after the summer of 1994 and began his public service in Washington with his hometown U.S. Representative, Congressman John Linder. Rob ultimately finished law school attending at night, graduating with a University of Georgia degree in 1998.

In Congressman Linder’s office, he began as a Legislative Correspondent, was soon promoted to Legislative Assistant, then Legislative Director, and in 2000 Rob was named Chief of Staff. Working from both the Washington Office and the Georgia Office, he has committed to making constituent service the foundation of the Linder Staff.

In 1999, Rob began the push for the FairTax with Congressman Linder. In 2005, he assisted Congressman Linder and radio talk show host, Neal Boortz, in crafting The FairTax Book, and when the duo decided to write the second book, FairTax: The Truth, they enlisted Rob as a partner and co-author, resulting in a second New York Times #1 Bestseller in 2008.

When Congressman Linder decided that he would retire at the end of 2010, he encouraged Rob to run for his seat. In the first round of the GOP primary race on July 20, 2010, Rob came in first among a field of eight candidates by a full 10-point margin. He faces a run-off on August 10th.

He has recently been endorsed by 2008 presidential candidate, former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, also a huge proponent of the FairTax.

Rob Woodall believes in the Constitution and the continued sovereignty of the United States of America.

For more information regarding Rob Woodall, please visit his website below:

http://www.robwoodall.com

As you can see, I am very proud of my younger brother getting involved in politics and trying to make America a better place to live. I guess it runs in the family.

I encourage every reader to make some sort of sacrifice to help set America back on the right track – before it is truly too late.

You can wave signs, go door-to-door, hand out literature, put bumper stickers on your cars, allow campaign signs to be put up in your yards, call everybody in your personal telephone book, get involved in a campaign phone bank – but do something. Time is of the utmost essence.

That is it for now.

Best wishes and REMEMBER NOVEMBER – 87 DAYS AND COUNTING!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

First off, I wrote these three religions in alphabetical order.

Also, a short disclaimer is in order.

I am NOT a religious theologian.

I kind of believe that having your favorite religion is akin to having your favorite baseball team; it usually depends upon where you are from.

When I was a child I was baptized as a Christian.  While in Vietnam I converted to the Catholic faith, was baptized and confirmed.

I do not go to Church very often.  As Will Rogers noted many years ago:

“Going to your garage does not make you a Chevrolet any more than going to Church makes you a Christian.”

I say private prayers every day – but I don’t make a big thing about it.  I was taught long ago not to wear my faith on my chest – but to keep it in my heart.

In my last couple of newsletters I have tried to stress the concept of simple thinking.  With that in mind, my basic philosophy, or religion, in life is:

“Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.”

I believe this is referred to as the GOLDEN RULE.  And as far as I have read, this is the basic foundation of all organized religions – whatever their affiliation.  Whether they adhere to this concept is another story.  And sometimes I fail in doing so myself.

Finally, I have wrestled with this subject for a long time but I am still not informed enough to actually know what I am talking about, when it comes to organized religions in general.

All I know is – neither do most other people.  When I say this I mean no disrespect to the “learned ones” who can quote Christian scripture and verse, emphatic words from the Jewish faith or dictums from the Koran.

People have been fighting over this same stuff for CENTURIES – and they continue to do so to this very day.

A JOKE

This type of “thinking” reminds me of a joke I heard many years ago.

A Jew, a Muslim and a Christian all died at the same time and went to Heaven.

The gate keeper motioned to the Jew to follow him, and told the others he would be back for them in short order.

The Jew followed the keeper but as they passed the third door on the right, the keeper advised the Jew to remain very quiet.

The keeper let him into a room farther down the hall and then returned to pick up the Muslim.

As with the first person, when they passed the third door on the right, he advised him to be silent, and the Muslim complied.

Upon returning for the last person, the keeper motioned for the Christian to follow him to his proper room.  Again, the same procedure, silence past the third door on the right, until they got to their destination.

But before entering, the Christian turned to the keeper and asked, “Why did you tell all three of us to be quiet, when we passed the third door on the right?”

The keeper winked and replied, “That is where the Catholics are.  They think they are the only ones in here.”

THE KEEPERS OF THE GATE

I realize I am sticking my neck out here, but this subject has been plaguing me, and that of the world, for far too long – so I will just go for it, and let you be the “judge” as to whether I am “right” or “wrong” on my assumptions.

I want to approach this in the simplest manner possible, without getting bogged down in “religious dogma” and other “teachings” that have been perpetuating the rampant murder, rape and pillage of peoples of all nations since organized religions were invented.

I am only going to make a series of statements.  I simply ask you to consider them and see how they stack up with your own beliefs and aspirations.

In all honesty, I am trusting the whole readership to take this as it is intended, namely a very broad stab at trying to reach some type of understanding with regard to basic common sense and human dignity.

So here we go.

I believe Jesus is the Son of God.  I don’t jam this concept down anyone’s throat.  It is just what I think.

The reason I feel this way is because:

Jesus, as far as I know, always ascribed to the forgiveness of sins.

Jesus never killed anyone that I am aware of.

On the other hand, I believe that Mohammed was a soldier, and in this course, killed many people.

If I am wrong on this, please correct me.  I hope I don’t get excuses where Mohammed “changed his ways” or anything like that.

The simple question is, did Mohammed ever kill anyone?  Yes or no would suffice.

Also, Mohammed had a number of wives – some still in their early teens.  If this is wrong, I beg correction.

This does not sound like a “truly” religious man in my eyes – but then again, I could be mistaken.

In Mohammed’s writings, it is my understanding that he actually made reference to Jesus, saying He was a Prophet – but not the Son of God.

Mohammed also admitted that Jesus had “healing powers” that he, himself, did not possess.

Another reason I believe in Jesus is because He could cure leprosy – and that He raised Lazarus from the dead.  All these occurrences were attributed to Jesus Christ by Mohammed.

Mohammed, to my limited knowledge, could do none of the above – nor did he claim that he could.

But the main thing that convinces me, is that Jesus’ mere presence actually changed the way the EARTH records time.

BC – Before Christ

AD – Anno Domini (After Christ)

I realize that the Jewish faith and the Muslim faith have their own religious calendars – but it is the BC/AD type of time-keeping that exists unto this day – and to which all business accounts are kept.

No other “religious person” has ever accomplished this – in the history of the WORLD.

As for being Christian – Jesus was not.  Is there anywhere in the Bible that depicts Him as being of that belief?  If so, then I stand corrected.

Jesus, as far as I know, was not a Jew, either.  Is there anywhere in the “New” Testament, where Jesus actually says, “I am a Jew?”  A simple yes or no, will again suffice.

I have also met many “Christians” who have told me that Jesus was the founder of the Catholic Church.  This simply cannot be.  As I understand it, St. Peter holds that distinction – and was therefore, the first Catholic Pope of the Catholic Church.  Am I wrong here?

Also, Jesus did not write one word of the Bible.  In actuality, Jesus once scribbled something in the sand with His sandal, but quickly rubbed it out when people gathered around to see what had been written.

So far, I am sure you see my very limited education when it comes to these three religions.

So, if any readers can help me out – without just quoting more religious dogma, that would be very helpful.

THE OLD TESTAMENT, THE NEW TESTAMENT, AND THE KORAN

I do not hold fast to the “Old” Testament, simply because there are so many references – and commandments – to religious war.

The Koran seems to be riddled with the same type of writing – to kill the infidel.

Only in the “New” Testament – when Jesus is speaking – does He never command His followers to kill in God’s name.

On the contrary, the Koran advises “Jihad” to rid the world of “non-believers,” or so I have been led to believe by my insufficient readings of the Koran.

Again, if I am wrong in my interpretations of the “New” Testament or the Koran, please point out my shortcomings.

So herein lies the rub.

Jesus only spoke about love and forgiveness – and in doing so, undermined the Status Quo in direct defiance of the law.

“Let he, who is without sin, cast the first stone.”  This story of Jesus saving the woman who was caught in adultery – and as I know it, she WAS NOT a prostitute – made a great impact on me as a child.

In essence, Jesus called out the hypocrites – and they all declined to stone the woman to death.  And bear in mind, they were going to stone the woman – but not the man.

In essence, the love and forgiveness that Jesus taught meant the downfall of the Status Quo.

For how do you raise armies and teach them to kill, if the people only believe in love and forgiveness?

It is impossible to keep up the WAR GAMES if everybody would love each other and forgive “those who trespass against us.”

In my thinking, Jesus Christ was the FIRST – and ONLY – true REVOLUTIONARY – that this world has ever known.

And for that transgression alone – against all those who believed in war as a way to settle differences and to serve their so-called gods – the Status Quo crucified Jesus Christ.

I know of no other Prophet on Earth that has made such a profound difference on the thinking of people, the world over.

THE CRUSADES

Here again, I am no expert.  But neither are the multitudes that proclaim to actually know historical fact.

Most people think there were TWO Crusades.

As far as I know, there were at lest 10 – and possibly more.  However, history is a little grey in this area, in that one or two “crusades” were not really designated as such – because the Pope at the time, did not give his blessing to them, and were therefore merely religious wars.

Isn’t that an ironic term – religious war?

As far as I know, the Christians not only lost the majority of the Crusades – but they perpetrated horrible massacres and pillaged the countryside – many times killing other Christians – along with Jews and Muslims – in the process.

Some of the leaders of the Christian Crusades were nothing more than thugs themselves.

Yet, the Muslims murdered, raped and pillaged in much the same fashion.

And yet all were doing so in the name of their respective “gods.”

It seems pitifully amusing – if it were not so tragically true – that the Jews, the Muslims and the Christians – are ALL to blame – in the religious killings down through the ages.

But we still continue to do so, to this very day.

The confounding question that remains is, Who actually did cast the first stone?

The only answer to this conundrum is, “They are to blame.”

But who, are “They?”

GET TO THE POINT

I suppose that is the point – in that, there is no point.

I speak to Muslims and they blame the Christians – and they bring up all sorts of historical facts to back up each and every claim.

I speak to Christians and they blame the Muslims – and they bring up all sorts of historical facts to back up each and every counter-claim.

I speak to Jews and they blame everybody else – because they are the chosen people.

And for this belief, everybody hates the Jews.

I heard a Jewish woman one time proclaim that, “Once Muslim mothers stop strapping bombs on the backs of their own children, then we can talk peace. But how do you talk peace with people who would do such a thing to their own children?”

And in refrain, I have heard Muslim mothers lash back that the nation of Israel is keeping Palestine down with their soldiers murdering us “every chance they get.”

Again, I am short on my diet of religious history.  I have seen the mention of the “Land of Israel”- the Promised Land – in the “Old” Testament.

But I don’t recall the mention of Palestine in the “Old” Testament.  Again, if I am wrong, please let me know.  And don’t use different names in the place of Palestine.

SO WHAT IS YOUR POINT?

Actually, I have a number of points.

#1.  According to what I have read, the rate of illiteracy in Afghanistan is approximately 80%.

This means that eight out of 10 people cannot read or write.

But, according to experts in the field, this also means that they cannot even deal with simple numbers.

So, in Afghanistan – where religious wars have been fought for CENTURIES – they are still fighting unabated.

This July was the highest body count of United States Military Forces so far in the war in Afghanistan.

Yet, we fail to see how the Taliban can keep recruiting the “converts” that they continually supply to the battlefield.

It is a very simple concept that escapes most people.

#2.  A poor Afghanistan man (approximately 80% live in extreme poverty).  He has no education.  He has a family but little else.

The Taliban give him food, education – and a DREAM.  A PROMISE, if you will.

If the poor Afghan man will take up Jihad against the infidels – and if he is killed in the process – he goes directly to Heaven.

The operative word in that last paragraph is directly.

And this is the point that so many people are missing.  They would rather concentrate on the so-called 47 virgins.

The reason “directly” is of such magnitude is that it connotes the process of NOT BEING JUDGED for past sins.

In Jihad, you go DIRECTLY to Paradise.  You are absolved of ALL sin – AUTOMATICALLY.

You have NO JUDGEMENT DAY.  Whether this is actually true or not, according to the Koran, is of little significance.

When you tell this kind of “story” to a poor, ignorant man, he will believe it.

Especially, if you tell him that it is GOD’S WILL.

And if going directly to Paradise is not enough – the Taliban will pay his family for his MARTYRDOM – and the poor man suddenly becomes a HERO.

If I understand this correctly, then this is almost an insurmountable obstacle that we will NEVER overcome.

#3.  It is my firm belief that we, the United States of America, either fight the WARS in Iraq (we are NOT done in that country, no matter what the current Administration tells you) and Afghanistan to our fullest capacity – or we get out NOW.  We cannot continue on our current path.  If we do, we risk being dragged into a possible war with Pakistan – and an eventual conflict in Iran.

With regard to Iran, I would not be surprised if an attack takes place before the November 2010 election.

Either of those scenarios would be an unmitigated disaster.

#4.  Another point that I am trying to make is one of respect to other religions. And this brings me to the Ground Zero controversy that is now raging in New York City.

In my humble opinion, building a Mosque at the proposed site is simply not a good idea.  If the Muslims wish to build it in some other part of the city, that is fine.  But to show respect to the more than 3000 people who died on 9/11, the Mosque should not be allowed to be constructed there.

Let’s try to remember:  Every one of the Muslim Terrorists – and yes, they were terrorists – were radical believers of Islam.

It would be an unconscionable slap in the face to allow a Mosque to be built in this area.

#5.  I stated earlier that I believe in Jesus Christ – because of His teaching of love and forgiveness.

With this in mind, and in conjunction with the concept of a lasting peace in the Middle East, I would propose a FOUR-PART, governing force made up of United Nations Peace Keeping forces, Israeli forces, United States forces and “Palestine” forces, to patrol the streets, maintain the peace and guard all who come to worship their chosen religion – in the Holy City of Jerusalem.

Yes, I am fully aware that this proposal will again, ignite the flames of religious controversy, hatred and despair.

But if we would only take the concept of simple forgiveness – and love – into account, we could all finally learn to live in peace with each other.

That concept of forgiveness and love is up to the organized religions of the world – if they only had the common sense to set aside their mutual hatred of all those different from themselves.

However, I am, sad to say, doubtful that they are up to the task – choosing instead, to allow the Status Quo to remain.

But then again – Keep thinking positive!

REMEMBER NOVEMBER:  95 days – and counting!

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Before I begin, I would like to thank all of you who have been writing to me, both in private e-mails and contributing to the Blog.  It has taken a long time to try to put this whole website together – and have it be of the People, by the People and for the People.

Many thanks to WE THE PEOPLE for making it all start to really happen.

PRESIDENT BARACK OBAMA – THE SILVER LINING

In recent weeks there has been a very interesting turn of events.  I am getting the feeling that some people are starting to give up – but, then again, it seems that WE THE PEOPLE – are just starting to wake up.

I have not always been a positive thinker.  But making it through Polio when I was four years old, then getting through Vietnam, then a life-threatening motorcycle accident (flying 45 feet in the air with no helmet) – I began to entertain a very simple fact.

It is easy to get discouraged – and give up.  People do it all the time.  Just drive down the streets.  There are people all over the place that have simply given up.

Some years ago I made a definite promise to ALWAYS THINK POSITIVE.  Believe me, it works.

Give this next comment a minute or two to sink in:

Have you ever gone to a presentation where they teach you the power of NEGATIVE THINKING?

The answer is a very simple, NO!

Why not?

Because most people already think in NEGATIVE TERMS.  And when you think in negative terms, it is very easy for others to control your method – and trend – of thinking.

On the other hand, it is not all that often that you meet a person who is a “positive thinker.”  But when you do, it is like a breath of fresh air.

And that is my point about the silver lining with regard to the current administration occupying the White House.

President Obama – and his band of ultra-liberals – have given a very vivid display of what they would have WE THE PEOPLE do if they had complete control.

But they DO NOT have complete control – and this is the beauty and foresight – of our Founding Fathers.  They knew that every TWO years, WE THE PEOPLE could radically change the government structure – if we ever discovered that a serious mistake had been made.

And President Obama is a SERIOUS mistake.  I have spoken to more Liberals recently that have simply thrown in the towel on Obama and his ilk.  The present administration is headed for a very rude awakening on November 2nd.

The United States of America defeated the greatest military force to gain its Independence.  There were London bookies taking bets on how long the American Revolution would last – some wagering that it would take a mere 90 days and the Americans would be “soundly defeated.”  We gained victory – and our Freedom.

Then we fought the British again in 1812.  Again, we defeated the British.

World War I.  Victory again.

World War II.  Victory again over Germany and Japan.

Then Truman blew it and allowed Germany to be divided – with the East going to the USSR and the West going to the Allied Forces.

AND THEN KOREA – WHAT HAPPENED?

The real beginning of Political Correctness began at this juncture.  General MacArthur wanted to defeat the Communist North – who attacked the South to start the Korean War – but was stopped because Truman did not want to rile Mainland China, nor the USSR.  Truman finally relieved General MacArthur of his command for insubordination.

We had a stalemate – and have had problems in that theater ever since then.  (Not so, in Japan).  We did not win in Korea – although we could have.  It was our first major military draw.

Then came Vietnam – and even more Political Correctness – forced us to leave in disgrace in 1975.  We lost in  Vietnam – although we could have won there, too.  Since when do you not bomb your enemy into oblivion?  The Ho Chi Minh Trail was the lifeline of the North Vietnamese – and we wanted to be nice – so we stopped bombing it.  Vietnam was our first major military defeat.

We hesitated bombing Hanoi, but allowed Jane Fonda to travel to the North and make a fool out of our whole nation – but she was applauded for being Politically Correct – and is now considered one of the most important 100 women of the 20th Century – according to some magazines.

It is completely nuts – but Politically Correct.

Now, skipping to the First Gulf War (Kuwait – Shock and Awe) – we won.  Because we fought to win.

But in the Second Gulf War (Iraq) it seems we have won there, too – or so we are told.  I doubt it is the truth, because there are still bombings and terrorists running amok throughout the country.

Which brings us to Afghanistan.  Make no mistake – we are losing that war.  Again, a general has been relieved of his duty for disagreeing with the President of the United States.  I know all the commotion about what was said, but in a nutshell, General McChrystal was complaining about the prosecution of the war – and President Obama did not like what he heard.

We now have people running in all directions, not knowing what the hell is going on.  Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is only making matters worst by her actions.  And now, it seems that she has made China angry to boot.

North Korea is currently threatening to use physical force on American Troops if it does not watch its step.

Harken back to General MacArthur’s “Old Soldiers Never Die” speech to Congress and you will see that he predicted exactly what has come about.  An Asia that is stronger and more committed than ever to embrace Communism (Mainland China – North Korea – Burma – Vietnam) and radical terror throughout the whole Middle East.

Had we won in Korea – the whole country would be united – and you would not have North Korea and its starving millions of people.  But that is all right – because it was Politically Correct.

We might not even have a People’s Republic of China.  Bear in mind, 30 million people starved to death during Mao’s reign of terror.  But that is OK – because it was Politically Correct.

Let’s not even talk about the millions murder in the Communist takeover of Vietnam.  I have Vietnamese friends who have told me stories that never made the headlines of Time Magazine or Newsweek.

The sheer horror of murder, on the spot instant executions by the thousands, young girls raped in front of their crying parents, then shot because they were “consorting with United States Service Members,” the terror of riding a leaking, overcrowded boat in the middle of a raging ocean that still brings back nightmares to many of these courageous people who were trying to escape the brutality of the Communists.  These stories were NEVER told.

But that is OK, too – because our news media was being Politically Correct.

And we are AGAIN doing the same half-assed approach in Afghanistan.  Only this time, North Korea is somehow in play, as well as The People’s Republic of China – again.  Just in the last few hours North Korea has hinted at nuclear retaliation if “pushed too far.”

If we would have listened to our military men back in the 1950s, the world would be a very different place indeed.

But this is my take on world affairs – and not how the current Administration sees things – nor the way the current batch of Politically Correct historians have written it.

So, my question is, why are we not winning in Afghanistan?  We have a force of almost 10 to 1 against the Taliban and other radical elements, the most modern military the world has ever seen, and the best trained to boot.

So, why is this thing so hard to finally be done with?

Because we are now drowning in Political Correctness.

General McChrystal was simply telling the truth when he complained that he was being held back because of political complexities – meaning Political Correctness.

This is precisely what happened in Korea and Vietnam.  And now we are doing the same thing in Afghanistan.  Will Pakistan be next?  What about Taiwan?  Or even Okinawa?

BUT WHAT IS THE POINT ABOUT POLITICAL CORRECTNESS – AND OBAMA?

Good question.  The Obama Administration has gone insane with Political Correctness.  President Obama wants to be friends with everybody.

And once you try to be buddies with everybody in the room – you are friends with no one.

And a strange set of ironic coincidences begin to emerge:

The IRS – instituted under a Democratic President – Wilson.

World War I – under a Democratic President – Wilson.

World War II – under a Democratic President – Roosevelt.

Illegal Imprisonment of 110,000 American citizens (Japanese) – Roosevelt.

Our first and second atomic bombs dropped on Japan – under a Democratic President – Truman.

Korean War – Truman.

Vietnam War – Democratic Presidents – Kennedy/Johnson.

SO WHAT IS THE COMMON THREAD?

They were ALL Liberal Democrats – trying to save the world by being Politically Correct.

There is only one rule of war – and that is to win.

So here we sit, stewing in Afghanistan while our service men and women are getting the short end of the stick – again- and getting killed in ever larger numbers in the process.

General McChrystal - like General MacArthur – tried to warn WE THE PEOPLE – but no one was listening.

Thus, our present predicament will only get worse.

There simply is no logical reason why we are losing in Afghanistan.  We have everything in our favor – except the political WILL – to prosecute the war to its FULLEST EXTENT – win the damn thing – and bring our military back home to ticker tape parades in New York.

But this will not happen.  AND THAT IS THE SILVER LINING with regard to Barack Obama.

WE THE PEOPLE are finally starting to see the WHOLE picture.  By having the Liberal Democrats controlling EVERYTHING – they have just about ruined America.

But even further, Obama and his minions have done something that Conservatives – up to this point – were unable to accomplish.

President Obama has PROVEN THE CONSERVATIVES TO BE CORRECT after all.

I have never seen so many Liberals so distraught.  They feel betrayed – and for good reason.  They bent over backwards to give him a chance – and got thoroughly reamed in the process.

Obama has lied to, screwed over, trampled on, and just plain did everything that he PROMISED he would never do.

He – along with his band of corporate bandits – have just about looted every financial coffer in the country – and WE THE PEOPLE are stuck with TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS IN DEBT, unemployment at almost 10% – and losing two wars all at the same time.

I think WE THE PEOPLE have FINALLY woken up.

But it will only be this way if the Conservatives don’t get sidetracked with race, religion, abortion or gay marriage.

These are the Liberals arsenal – their weapons of choice – along with blatant lies of astronomical proportions.

I sincerely believe that November is now going to be a real wake up call.  But only if the Conservatives quit ranting and raving about who is the most racist person in the room.

The dumb Conservatives are taking the Liberal race bait – again!

Forget about race.  Move on to the REAL issues at stake here.  And I am not talking about just the economy and the unemployment rate.  We are still at war – on two fronts – and losing them both.  Why are we not talking about that?

I watched FOX and CNN a few nights ago – and it was like we are not even at war.  No direct mention of either “conflict” whatsoever.

Are we now so self-centered and egotistical that we think ONLY of our own job and “the economy” and don’t even consider the fact that our men and women are in combat – and getting killed on a daily basis?

Somehow, no one seems to really care.

THIS, is the true concept of Political Correctness.

To dumb down the people to the point of where they no longer give a damn, keep them pitted against one another, either by race-baiting or other Politically Correct subterfuge.

But WE THE PEOPLE are not going to take this kind of garbage anymore.  We are finally mobilizing like I have never seen in my entire life.

But we had better not blow it – like we did after the “Great Conservative Take-Back” in 1994.

If the Conservatives blow it again – then it is all over – save for the shooting in the streets.

WE THE PEOPLE will give them one more chance – and not one mistake more.

People that I have talked to are genuinely depressed and thoroughly disappointed.  I have even heard Liberals say that “the Republicans were never this bad.”

Now that is quite a statement for anybody to make – especially a Liberal.  But they are saying it – with a vengeance.

I am now starting to think that WE THE PEOPLE have a better chance to take back a lot of seats – and maybe even win one of the two Houses – but not without a HUGE fight.

The Democrats are calling in all favors, spending hundreds of millions to get their incumbents re-elected, shooting in all directions with the hope of keeping themselves in power.

It is up to WE THE PEOPLE to never give up.  Never give in.  And never, ever lose faith in the greatest country on earth.

Obama is just a blip on the screen.  America has gone through a lot worse and came out all the better for it in the end.

It will happen again – first with a Conservative landslide in 2010 – and then a Conservative President in 2012.

Who might be able to carry this banner to victory?  Try JB and see what you come up with.

Keep going – and never quit.

REMEMBER NOVEMBER:  102 days left before real CHANGE takes place.

Until next time.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I am not sure how far back I said it when I surmised that Goldman Sachs would be fined and that would be the end of it.

Well, Goldman Sachs just got away with economic murder – and there was nary a hue and cry.

Remember when the World was reeling out of control – all because 300,000 American homes went into foreclosure – and this very same bank/investment house was selling bogus mortgage paper on the open markets – to our FRIENDS and ALLIES alike?

It is a very telling move, one that has prompted me to write this special weekend edition.  For in its “adjudication” the stage is set for the next step.

But let’s back up for a moment.

Is it harder to control 8,000 small “regional” banks or easier to control 5 “mega” banks?

The answer is obvious – 8,000 banks is infinitely more difficult.  So how do you get rid of these pesky little companies – and thus corner the banking market in the process?

Would it even be remotely possible that the near “economic meltdown” was a total ruse from the beginning?

I mean, does the WHOLE WORLD ECONOMY really depend upon simple American home mortgages going into bankruptcy?  I am not even talking about commercial mortgage paper – just home mortgages.  Think about that for just a moment.

I know – here we go again with the conspiracy garbage.  But bear me out, just for a few minutes – and start to think WAY out of the barrel that you are now economically drowning in.

It was October 2008 – the election for PRESIDENT – was literally DAYS away.

Suddenly, there is a crisis of MONUMENTAL PROPORTION – and Henry Paulson magically appears on the scene and THREATENS a Worldwide Monetary Collapse, if the US Government does not grant – and approve immediately – a stimulus bill of almost ONE TRILLION DOLLARS – to save the US Economy – and that of the World, to boot.

Without reading the bill, it was passed out of fear and ignorance.

Now – people are asking – where are all the “shovel ready jobs?”

In fact, where the hell did ALL THAT MONEY actually go?

And where is Henry Paulson – the one who used to run Goldman Sachs – along with many other multi-billionaires in high governmental posts.  They have simply vanished into thin air.

Paulson is no where to be found.  It is rumored that he was given a bonus from Goldman to be in the billions.

Where did all that “stimulus money” ACTUALLY go?

NO ONE KNOWS – EXCEPT A SELECT FEW.

And that select few is not, WE THE PEOPLE.

But we ended up footing the TOTAL BILL just the same.

Fast forward now to the “Supreme Court” ruling that Goldman Sachs is just like an individual – AND CAN CONTRIBUTE AS MUCH MONEY AS IT WANTS TO SUPPORT CANDIDATES OF ITS OWN CHOICE.

This is NOT a conspiracy theory.  These are mere FACTS.  The Supreme Court actually did this – and no one is, yet to be, marching in the streets.

And now, we have just seen the Government pass the most sweeping financial changes on the banking industry – 278 or so NEW rules and regulations that will affect mainly SMALL REGIONAL BANKS.  And again, these rules run into the thousands of pages – and few, if any of those who voted for it – can explain what they precisely voted on.

It is simply insane.  And my backing of Scott Brown just went down about 90% in the process.  I made a mistake on thinking that he knew what he was doing.  I was wrong.

But will the Liberals who voted for Obama ever admit they made a mistake?  You already know the answer to that one.

I see a tidal wave of small bank disasters in the coming months, simply because they will not be able to comply with the massive amount of extra paperwork required by the Government.

It will not hurt Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, CITI Bank, JP Morgan – or Goldman Sachs – because they can abide by the rules.  They have the money – that WE THE PEOPLE  gave them.

But the small banks don’t – and they will go bankrupt in droves.

The major banks are now either directly – or indirectly – controlled by the Government.

And all this has been done LEGALLY, without one shot fired.

And one final point:  Where did Bank of America and CitiBank SUDDENLY GET SO MUCH MONEY TO PAY BACK THEIR LOANS – yet, are still NOT loaning money to small businesses?

What are we witnessing here?

WHAT ABOUT HOUSING?

In case you missed it, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were COMPLETELY left out of these rules and regulations.

But why?  Doesn’t any fair-mined person even entertain this kind of question?

The Government wants to control WHO gets the loans for housing – so they left these two monstrosities virtually untouched.

I can envision these two entities telling prospective customers that if they make too much money they are not qualified to get a loan.

You will, sooner or later, have to be in financial hardship to qualify.

This will leave the economic middle class virtually out of the picture – but they will be forced to pay for SUBSIDIZING these two Governmental entities through the IRS.

Again, what the hell is going on?

Now, the major lending institutions for ADEQUATE HOUSING – are also TOTALLY GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED.

Is there an intentional pattern going on here?

WHAT ABOUT TRANSPORTATION

The Government also controls CHRYSLER and GENERAL MOTORS.

Again, this is not a conspiracy theory.  It is simply the truth.

Remember, Toyota and their “murder cars?”

Suddenly, the best built car in the world – with a dynamic following – was going berserk on its own and killing its drivers.

The Media went wild with this one.  But why?  Because the Government wanted to do physical and economic damage to its most potent competitor – Toyota Motors.

The President of Toyota, no less, was summoned to Washingon from Japan – and grilled mercilessly for hours on end.

If this is not arrogance, I do not know what is.  Would the head of ANY major American corporation ever go to another country and explain why its product is not as it was purported to be?

Well, it now seems that most of the accidents, that have been investigated so far, were caused by “driver error.”

According to the Investors Business Daily (IBD), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has discovered that the onboard data recorders “from dozens of cars show that accelerators were open and there was no braking when the cars crashed.”

I am sure that this finding will be “revised” by the White House, but for now it stands on record.

Is this a conspiracy theory of mine again?  Not at all.  This is quoted fact, IBD, Thursday Edition, July 15, 2010, page A 10 – just in case you want to take the time and look it up for yourselves.

My question is – if Toyota is found to be mostly innocent of wrongdoing – will the Government and the Government Media offer an apology?

Will Lloyd Blankfein, the head of Goldman Sachs, ever go to other countries and apologize for selling them a bill of goods?

The answer to both questions is an emphatic NO.  This Government – and this so-called free press of ours DOES NOT MAKE MISTAKES – thus I guarantee no public apology will be forthcoming.

And what about the Millions that Toyota has already paid in fines?  Will that money be repaid – with interest?  Then again, what good is a rhetorical question at this point in time?

HEALTHCARE/MEDICARE/MEDICAID/SOCIAL SECURITY

Is a comment even necessary on any one of these points?

Yet, we tend to forget that these are all Government Controlled entities, in and of, themselves.

And they are all going broke.

What recourse will you have if the Government suddenly says it will only give medical care to people under a certain age?  It could happen.

What will you do if Medicare is suddenly phased out and you have to pay for these costs yourself?  It could happen.

What if Social Security suddenly says that they will forgo paying the Cost of Living Adjustment (COLA) for two years?

Did you just read the last one?  This has ALREADY HAPPENED.  It is not a “what if” situation.  It has already come to pass.

And all those good readers on Social Security – what did you do?  I can tell you exactly what you did.  You did precisely what I did – Nothing!

Because there was nothing WE THE PEOPLE could do.

Again, what is really going on in this Country of our Forefathers?

YOU ARE ALL OVER THE PLACE – GET BACK TO GOLDMAN?

Good point.

Goldman Sachs has direct lines into the FED – the PRIVATE organization that controls the printing of the United States dollar.

Does anybody even know who these FED people are?  Is there a list where I can look up their names and what they do for a living?  I mean everyone - including the “advisors.”

Is there any other country in the world that allows an elite group of men to dictate the amount of currency to be printed – by a private institution?

And, on top of that, once the money is printed – then this ultra-elite group of men do not give it to the United States of America.  They loan it to the Government – and charge 4% interest on the money they print and actually sell to the United States.

So, why not just print as much money as you can (rampant inflation) – and charge 4% – on the total amount?

This whole concept gives a totally new meaning to the phrase, “A license to steal.”

Goldman is up to its neck in money – and I am not talking about millions, billions or trillions – but QUADRILLIONS!

Sounds like another conspiracy theory, doesn’t it?

Again, the Government, IN DIRECT CONJUNCTION with the Mass Media, has come out banging their chest that this is the “biggest fine ever levied” on any American company or corporation.

But, when you look at it, you have GOT to ask yourself if this really is the truth – when you consider the TOTAL PACKAGE that we are talking about.

Yesterday, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) announced – again on Friday – that the investment bank will pay a record $550 MILLION (NOT BILLION) in fines and compensation.

$550,000,000.

The reason I am making a point of million, and not billion, is because people are already confusing the two.  Chaos Theory is alive and well.

Did anybody hear that dime hit the bottom of the tin cup?

Do you realize how little this actually is – considering that Goldman Sachs reports income in the BILLIONS – on a QUARTERLY BASIS?

Yet, no one knows exactly how much Goldman Sachs actually pocketed during their worldwide financial scam.  I will bet a million dollars that it was a lot more than $550,000,000.

I ask WE THE PEOPLE again, what the hell is really going on here?

These are FACTS.  Ladies and Gentlemen – WAKE UP!  BEFORE IT REALLY IS TOO LATE!

IS THIS A CONSPIRACY BY AN EVER-ASCENDING OLIGARCHY?

Main Entry: ol·i·gar·chy

Pronunciation: \ˈä-lə-ˌgär-kē, ˈō-\

Function: noun

Inflected Form(s): plural ol·i·gar·chies

Date: 1542

1 : government by the few
2 : a government in which a small group exercises control especially for corrupt and selfish purposes; also : a group exercising such control
3 : an organization under oligarchic control.

SOURCE: Merriam-Webster’s On-line Dictionary

It is up to WE THE PEOPLE to decide if we are going to allow this kind of usurpation of our Constitution to continue or not.

Please remember, not ONE of these elements are of a conspiratorial nature.  These are stated – and proven – FACTS.

There are no conjured up stories here.  All of this is happening right this very minute.  It is real and WE THE PEOPLE are the only ones who can stop it before it is too late.

This is the kind of chaos theory that all Radical Elements – down through the ages – employ, to confuse, obfuscate and circumvent what is really going on.

Keep shooting in all directions, keep pointing fingers, keep yelling that the economy is getting better, keep bullshitting – and sooner or later everyone just gets tired of the whole charade and gives up.

THAT is their strategy – and I beg you not to let this happen to WE THE PEOPLE.

Don’t give up.  Keep fighting.  Don’t be afraid to speak your honest feelings.  Get involved.  Work your Conservative phone banks.  Stand on the street corners and wave signs for Conservative candidates.  Get out and knock on doors.

And, whatever you do, don’t let the Liberals sidetrack you with “SOCIAL ISSUES.”

We have much more pressing problems right now than to be distracted even further with things such as abortion and gay marriage.  Deal with those matters later.

But many will still succumb to these sucker punches from the Government and Mass Media.

And I am afraid that this will be the next tactic that the Government and Mass Media will begin to exploit.

Be careful.  Don’t take the bait.  Don’t be fooled – again.  Too much is at stake for America.

November 2nd – the first Tuesday after the first Monday – is ELECTION DAY.

This might be the most important vote in your entire lifetime.  Make it count.

In closing, I ask you not to take my word for all that was said above.  Rather, ponder a quote by a conspiracy theory expert from a much earlier period:

” I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.  If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and the corporations that will grow up around the banks will deprive the people of all property – until their children wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered.”

Thomas Jefferson

Take care and keeping thing positive!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I have been told by a number of friends – whose opinions I respect – that I have been too in your face, as of late.  It seems that my “predictions” sound a little too pushy, a little too “know-it-all” to some people.  I have also had some readers actually question my prediction rate because it seems that I NEVER make a bad prediction.

Well, in fact, a number of my predictions have been terribly wrong – but for those of you who are really concerned about my “batting average” please help yourself to all the past American Telegraph Editions and do the tabulations yourself.

So, from now on, I will try to use a slightly more “sensitive” approach toward the reading public.  After all, it does get a little boring being right most of the time.

RACISM

I don’t know how to say this gently, but I DID predict that racism would become a factor in the upcoming elections – about five or six newsletters ago.  Sorry for that one, but now my admission.

I had NO IDEA that it would take on the magnitude that it has.  But it seems that the more the Liberals lose ground, the more they try to paint Conservatives as:

Racist.

Bigoted.

Anti-Muslim.

Anti-Women’s Rights.

And so on and so forth.

Please notice that I now refer to the political passions as Liberal and Conservative – NOT Republican and Democrat.

So let’s define what I am talking about:

Main Entry: 1lib·er·al

Pronunciation: \ˈli-b(ə-)rəl\

Function: adjective

Etymology: Middle English, from Anglo-French, from Latin liberalis suitable for a freeman, generous, from liber free; perhaps akin to Old English lēodan to grow, Greek eleutheros free

Date: 14th century

1 a : of, relating to, or based on the liberal arts <liberal education> b archaic : of or befitting a man of free birth
2 a : marked by generosity : openhanded <a liberal giver> b : given or provided in a generous and openhanded way <a liberal meal> c : ample, full 3 obsolete : lacking moral restraint : licentious 4 : not literal or strict : loose <a liberal translation>
5 : broad-minded; especially : not bound by authoritarianism, orthodoxy, or traditional forms
6 a : of, favoring, or based upon the principles of liberalism b capitalized : of or constituting a political party advocating or associated with the principles of political liberalism; especially : of or constituting a political party in the United Kingdom associated with ideals of individual especially economic freedom, greater individual participation in government, and constitutional, political, and administrative reforms designed to secure these objectives

— lib·er·al·ly \-b(ə-)rə-lē\ adverb

— lib·er·al·ness noun

synonyms liberal, generous, bountiful, munificent mean giving or given freely and unstintingly. liberal suggests openhandedness in the giver and largeness in the thing or amount given <a teacher liberal with her praise>. generous stresses warmhearted readiness to give more than size or importance of the gift <a generous offer of help>. bountiful suggests lavish, unremitting giving or providing <children spoiled by bountiful presents>. munificent suggests a scale of giving appropriate to lords or princes <a munificent foundation grant>.

Main Entry: lib·er·al·ism

Pronunciation: \ˈli-b(ə-)rə-ˌli-zəm\

Function: noun

Date: 1819

1 : the quality or state of being liberal 2 a often capitalized : a movement in modern Protestantism emphasizing intellectual liberty and the spiritual and ethical content of Christianity b : a theory in economics emphasizing individual freedom from restraint and usually based on free competition, the self-regulating market, and the gold standard c : a political philosophy based on belief in progress, the essential goodness of the human race, and the autonomy of the individual and standing for the protection of political and civil liberties; specifically : such a philosophy that considers government as a crucial instrument for amelioration of social inequities (as those involving race, gender, or class) d capitalized : the principles and policies of a Liberal party

— lib·er·al·ist \-b(ə-)rə-list\ noun or adjective

— lib·er·al·is·tic \ˌli-b(ə-)rə-ˈlis-tik\ adjective

Main Entry: 1con·ser·va·tive

Pronunciation: \kən-ˈsər-və-tiv\

Function: adjective

Date: 14th century

1 : preservative 2 a : of or relating to a philosophy of conservatism b capitalized : of or constituting a political party professing the principles of conservatism: as (1) : of or constituting a party of the United Kingdom advocating support of established institutions (2) : progressive conservative 3 a : tending or disposed to maintain existing views, conditions, or institutions : traditional b : marked by moderation or caution <a conservative estimate> c : marked by or relating to traditional norms of taste, elegance, style, or manners 
4 : of, relating to, or practicing Conservative Judaism

— con·ser·va·tive·ly adverb

— con·ser·va·tive·ness noun

Main Entry: con·ser·va·tism

Pronunciation: \kən-ˈsər-və-ˌti-zəm\

Function: noun

Date: 1832

1 capitalized a : the principles and policies of a Conservative party b : the Conservative party
2 a : disposition in politics to preserve what is established b : a political philosophy based on tradition and social stability, stressing established institutions, and preferring gradual development to abrupt change; specifically : such a philosophy calling for lower taxes, limited government regulation of business and investing, a strong national defense, and individual financial responsibility for personal needs (as retirement income or health-care coverage)
3 : the tendency to prefer an existing or traditional situation to change

All definations were taken from the Merriam-Webster, On-line Dictionary.

If I were to believe these definitions – then I would want to be a Liberal, too.  It sounds so much nicer than a Conservative.

Liberals are more open-minded, generous, free-thinking and against authoritarian doctrine.

On the other hand Conservatives cling to the old ways and are steadfastly against change.

Also, notice how much more elaborate the definition for liberal and liberalism is, as compared with the definition for conservative and conservatism.

And, also an interesting use – and connection with the definition of the word – with reference to Conservative JUDAISM.  I wonder why that was put in here?

This is the exact same type of propaganda I was immersed in at San Jose State University – and the same kind of misleading labels that go on all over the country, in most all forms of “higher education.”

It is about time we get our definitions straight – and challenge anybody that tries to tell us otherwise.

BUT WHAT HAS THIS GOT TO DO WITH RACISM?

To put it bluntly – EVERYTHING.

If you are Liberal, then you are NOT racist – by definition.

If you are Conservative, then you ARE racist – again, by definition.

Ask anybody you know this one simple question:

Which type of people do you think are racist, Liberals or Conservatives?

I GUARANTEE the overwhelming number will automatically say – Conservatives.

Again, I never thought that race would become THIS BIG in this election.  I thought it would be a factor, but not THE factor.

And therein lies the rub – that so many people are missing.

The NAACP is accusing “elements” of the Tea Party of being racist.  But not any of their own members are even remotely considered to be racist.

In essence, isn’t the NATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF COLORED PEOPLE, in and of itself, racist?  Have they ever had a leader who was NOT black?  Have they ever had an Asian or American Indian as their president?  To my knowledge they have not.

So why not “change with the times” and say National Association for the Advancement of ALL People?  But no.  They retain the racist label to this day.

And forever, bear in mind, that it was the Liberal Political Correct garbage that has forced so many people to hyphenate their ethnic identity in the first place.  Is that not identification on a racial basis?  And has that one move not helped to divide and conquer America more than ever before?

Why can’t we all be Americans – FIRST?

Yet, it is the Conservatives that are portrayed as being racist.

SO WHAT SHOULD WE DO?

Simply put, ignore them completely.

After all, aren’t we ALL RACIST in one way or another?

If you are walking down the street at night, you are white and suddenly a group of black men are walking toward you, would you not feel some sort of fear?

Conversely, if you were black and walking down the street at night time and four white men come walking your way, would fear never even enter into the picture?

Would you not cross the street?  Or change direction in a hurry?  Or at least have some sort of heart palpations?  Let’s be honest with ourselves.

But, if you insist on pretending that you have no racism in your total human makeup then ask yourself these questions:

First off, what color are you?

What color is your spouse?

What color are the majority of your friends?

What is the ethnic makeup of your neighborhood?

What is the ethnic makeup of the place you attend religious services?

What color is your doctor?

What color is your dentist?

What color is the person who delivered your children?

I could go on and on, but I think you get the point.

I remember one ultra-Liberal woman who actually told me that, at first, she didn’t even notice Obama was black.  Am I to really believe this kind of Liberal nonsense?

THE REAL PURPOSE OF THIS RED-HERRING

Why has racism come up so hot and heavy – at this particular juncture?

Because the Liberals are scared to death that the Conservatives are going to make some major inroads on their power base in November 2010.

And, in all honesty, the Liberals have done NOTHING that they can point to with pride as an accomplishment for their Party.

We are almost TWO YEARS into the Obama Administration – and the country is a total mess.

So, as Chicago Style Politics dictates – if there is no fire – then set one yourself.

And that is precisely what the RACE CARD is.  A diversionary tactic – because the Liberals have NOTHING that they can point to with clarity and take credit.

We are heading – possibly – into a double dip recession.

We are still at near 10% unemployment.

More soldiers are dying in Afghanistan every day.

The World is even more so the target of Muslim Extremists – Africa being the latest victim.

A number of countries in Europe are on the verge of Bankruptcy.

There is now very heavy agreement in the International Community that Iran is in need of being divested of it Nuclear Facilities.

We are finding out on a daily basis just how bad the Obamacare legislation really is.

Taxes are going up next year on EVERYBODY.  Not just the “rich.”

More foreclosures are taking place at a faster rate than previously anticipated.

Social Security and Medicare – and Medicaid – are deep in the red – and getting deeper.

We now have a multi – TRILLION DOLLAR – deficit.

ALMOST TWO YEARS INTO THE OBAMA ADMINISTRATION – and this is all the Liberals have to show for it.

I don’t really think it is any longer Bush’s fault.  In truth, we have not heard that old canard for quite awhile.

So, the Liberals only have RACISM on which to hang their political hat.

Please, do not fall for the bait.  When this topic comes up from now on, ignore it – or do as I do.

Laugh, and walk away.

November is just around the corner – and then we will see CHANGE you can believe in.

And from this time onward, never think that Conservatives do not believe in change.

Have a good weekend – and keep thinking positive!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Those are not my words, but they get the point across very clearly.

On a daily basis we are getting sucker-punched by a bought and paid for, Mainstream Media and more and more people are getting simply fed up with the whole process.

This is one of the reasons why I started THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH – to give WE THE PEOPLE – a chance to get their voices heard – and to also try to raise awareness as to what is really going on in the world – not what our ultra-biased news outlets determine what you should know.

For the last few editions, I have tried to discuss the value of simplicity in thought, word and deed.

Today I am going to touch on a very simple solution and see what other readers think – along with a timeline as to how to implement a true, foreign oil independency program, that could be accomplished inside of a five (5) year timeframe.

The New Manhattan Project for American Independence on Foreign Oil:

1.  Set up a study group – with a timeframe of 90 days – to come up with a comprehensible SOLAR POWER solution that is to start to be phased in to the whole country within one year.

2.  Convert all trucks and busses to NATURAL GAS within two years – as a bridge to solar energy.

3.  Convert all cars to NATURAL GAS within three years – as a bridge to solar energy.

4.  Stop all Wind Power projects.

5.  Stop all Nuclear Power projects.

6.  Stop all Biofuel projects.

Focus like a laser on SOLAR POWER and electric power exclusively.

7.  In five years start selling solar power or electric power automobiles that have a range of 500 miles per recharge.

8.  In five years prohibit all internal combustion engines from running on our streets and highway system.

Natural gas to be the bridge.

Solar and Electric Power to be the goal in five (5) years.

It CAN be done.

If President Kennedy could make a commitment to put a man on the moon in 10 years we can certainly accomplish totally energy independence in five (5) years.

And think for a minute.  We sent men to the moon in a fossil powered spacecraft.  And that was over 40 years ago!

We can do it again.

The rub is, we must WANT to do it.

I CAN HEAR IT NOW

“This is impossible.”

“It can never work.”

“You simpleton!”

If that is your attitude, then I personally feel sorry for you.  Your ignorance is not to be hated, but pitied.

You are the ones who said that, “If a man was meant to fly, God would have made him with wings.”

You are the ones who said that, “We will never put a man on the moon in 10 years.”

You are the negative thinkers who always look on the dark side of every idea and concept, simply because you can’t come up with anything better.

So I ask all those who think in such a manner.  Why can’t we have Solar and Electric Power in five (5) years?

And the answer will be, we can’t design the proper batteries – and Solar Power is years away.

OK everyone.  Sit down and get ready for a little history lesson that you will NEVER get from today’s mass media.

Solar Power was used during the Inca and Aztec Empires to help heat their homes.  This was over 1000 years ago.  If they can do it – why can’t we?

During World War II, Japanese two-man submarines were launched from bigger ships and did detailed spy work and pre-bombing observations, just outside of Pearl Harbor – undetected.  Why did they go unnoticed?

Because the submarines were BATTERY POWERED.  THEY WERE ELECTRIC SUBMARINES.

And that was 1941.

So the garbage that we need to spend “years” to develop batteries that will last for 500 miles is pure, unadulterated bovine excreta.

Ditto for the need to “develop” Solar Energy.  It has been here for CENTURIES – but most people are not even aware of this.

So, WE THE PEOPLE just trudge on with our lives, and suddenly – here we are with our heads firmly planted in our collective south end.

I once had a DI in basic training tell me:

“Excuses are just like assholes.  Everybody’s got one – and they all stink.”

Well, that is all we have been getting from not only this current administration – but from previous ones as well.

We have all been suckered into believing what our Government has told us for so long, that we thought HOPE AND CHANGE actually meant something.

WE THE PEOPLE – especially those of you who voted for Obama – are now starting to see what blind promises can really lead to.

Don’t be fooled again.

Ask every candidate you can get your hands on what their plans are for TOTAL Energy Independence.  Ask the hard questions.  Get answers.  And don’t sit down and shut up until you are satisfied.

In other words, either put up or quit complaining.

THE NATIONAL GUARD IS COMING!

I was having a few beers with a couple of friends the other night when I started to complain about the total inaction regarding the Federal Government and the controlling of illegal immigrants into this country.

One friend finally set his beer down on the table and said, “OK, Larry.  If you were Senator Kyl or Governor Brewer what the hell would you do?”

I have to preface this by telling you that he was a staunch supporter of Obama – but has now backed off his position, yet has never apologized for being completely bamboozled by the President’s superb  rhetorical style.

Liberals don’t apologize – because they are never wrong.  Just ask them.  But I am off the point.

To his question, I thought for a moment and then said, “I would make a national plea on prime time television appealing to all NRA members, and all other Americans in favor of protecting our borders, to come to the Arizona borderline and stand, shoulder to should, armed and ready to fight.”

He laughed and said, “Yeah, right.  And all Obama would have to do is send down 10,000 National Guard Troops to stop them.”

Then, a somewhat uneasy silence settled in.  I just sat there toying with my beer mug for a few, very long, seconds.

Finally, I looked at my other friends and said, “Well, at least we would finally have the troops we need on the border.”

Everybody laughed – all except the guy who voted for Obama.

Complex problems – simple solutions.

IS IT TRUE . . . ?

that Congress now has a 9% approval rating?

that the United States is paying $100,000,000 (that’s ONE HUNDRED MILLION) per day TO CHINA as interest on our debt?

that we will actually face jail time if we choose not to pay for mandatory healthcare insurance, beginning in 2014?

that the United States is spending a combined $10,000,000,000 (that’s BILLION) on the Iraq and Afghanistan wars every MONTH – yet Obama was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize? And has just asked for more money?

that NO news media outlet is posting the NUMBER KILLED each day in either of these wars – as they did during the Vietnam War and also when Bush was in the White House?

that over 270 American cities have ties with Mexican Cartels – the Department of Defense, CIA and FBI know about this, and are doing nothing to bring them to justice?

that Phoenix is not only the capital of Arizona – but also the Kidnapping Capital of the United States of America?

that our borders are now safer than they ever have been before?

that oil is STILL gushing out into the Gulf of Mexico by thousands of BARRELS every day?

that $500 BILLION is going to be cut from Medicare and Medicaid?

that the Social Security Fund is almost bankrupt?

that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are still functioning and still consuming BILLIONS of taxpayer dollars as they rack up even FURTHER losses?

that General Motors and Chrysler both have had to make even more recalls?

that we are still very close to 10% (actual amount 18%) unemployment?

that we are still precariously close to a double-dip recession, with two prominent economists (one, another Nobel Prize winner) declaring that we are headed toward DEPRESSION?

that our Commander-in-Chief NEVER looks at his Marine Escort when he gives his return salute?

that President Obama voluntarily gave up his license to practice law – and his wife did this, too?

Source: http://jdlong.wordpress.com/2009/05/15/pres-Barack-Obama-editor-of-the-Harvard-law-review-has-no-law-license/

that President Obama actually did not hold the title of Law Professor?

Source: http://blogs.suntimes.com/sweet/2008/03/sweet_obama_did_hold_the_title.html

These last two sources were sent to me by reader Richard Bachert, with my thanks.  All of the statements above can be verified, I just did not want to bother you with too many details.

The point of all this is, every thing that President Obama says seems to be a lie – just in different shades of grey.  He is the best PROFESSIONAL LIAR I have seen in my lifetime.

I have come into contact with many charlatans over the years.  But I have also known compulsive liars, which are far more dangerous, simply because they just keep churning out crap which they actually believe themselves.

I could have gone on with the above IS IT TRUE section but I think you get the point.

President Obama is using the technique of diverting ATTENTION – to all sorts of different problems – thereby focusing on none of them:  Chaos Theory in its most classic form.

He is a COMPULSIVE CHARLATAN who really believes that he is right – and that EVERYBODY ELSE is wrong.

We now have a President who is mocked, despised and ridiculed – albeit behind his back – by leaders throughout the world – both free, and otherwise.  I have a number of friends, in strategic positions of government, that confirm this in very frightening detail.

It does not bode well for the United States of America.

SO WHAT TO DO NOW?

I have received an overload of responses, both private and on the blog, regarding my last newsletter.  To all of you who wrote, my true thanks for taking the time to air your thoughts and ideas.

And THAT is my point.

Free speech is worthless – if you do not exercise that right.

So here is what I suggest WE ALL do.

First, make a pact with yourself – and one friend – to either go to the polls on November 2nd together – or MAKE SURE you VOTE IMMEDIATELY on your mail-in ballot.  Don’t put it off for a second.  Mark it PROPERLY and mail it in.

And don’t forget to sign it.

When I took my ballot in for the California Primary, I spoke to a mail clerk who told me that many ballots come in with the improper amount of postage.  I asked him what they did with the ballots.  He confirmed that the Post Office mailed them anyway, and took the loss.

He then said something very interesting.  He looked at me, and under his breath offered, “But it might not always be that way.”

This is coming from a Postal Worker!

Imagine, him telling me this.  He confided in me that he voted for Obama, but was totally disappointed with what he has done.

So, if you are going to vote by mail, either put on extra stamps – or take it to your local Post Office, stand in the stupid line, pay the extra 20 cents or so, mail your ballot – and GET A RECEIPT.

That is what I am going to do from now on.

THAT’S IT?

No, that is just the beginning.  As I mentioned above, freedom of speech is worthless if you are afraid to speak up.

I implore all readers to “talk politics” to everybody you come into contact with, but don’t FREAK OUT.

The best way to do this is to ask questions like the ones above:

“IS IT TRUE . . . ?” and see what kind of response you get.

You would be amazed at how uninformed SO MANY Americans really are.  They don’t have a clue as to what is coming down the line – especially the younger ones.  But if you engage them in a manner in which you ask simple questions, you would be surprised at what happens.

Remember, don’t be “angry” or aggressive.  Just ask your well thought-out questions and let them talk.  The best conversationalist is the person who does the most listening.

And bear in mind:  ”Sooner or later, all bullshit artists paint themselves into a corner.”

November is coming – soon.

DON’T FORGET TO VOTE.

That is it for now.

Best wishes, keep thinking positive – and never give up.

Lawrence Klepinger

Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH
www.theamericantelegraph.com

Americans of so-called minority status are not very smart.

I imagine that first sentence made you raise your eyebrows.  It was meant to do that.

But bear with me for a moment and see what you think.

Let me begin with Americans of African ancestry.  I don’t call them – or anyone else – hyphenated Americans.  WE THE PEOPLE are all Americans first – ethnic identity secondary.

I was born in America, but have an ethnic German heritage.  Should I call myself a German-American?

The whole thing is pretty stupid if you ask me.  But then again, Political Correctness is not part of Conservative Thinking.

The concept of divide and conquer begins with having WE THE PEOPLE fighting among ourselves, does it not?  And are we not falling right into that same stupid trap – time and again?

The Democrats claim the largest amount of Americans of African ancestry.

The Democrats have basically controlled the South since Antebellum.

The poorest States in the Union are  Louisiana # 46, Alabama #47, Kentucky #48, Arkansas #49, with West Virginia and Mississippi tied for last place.

SOURCE:  US Census Bureau, 2007/2008

Americans of African ancestry have been voting for the Democrats forever.  And the largest populations live in these States.

The Democrats believe in Big Government.  Read – WELFARE.

Keep them down on the farm, give them welfare – and tell them how much you want to HELP THEM.  It has been going on with no let up in sight.

Yet, the concept of the Republican Party is to encourage business enterprise, strive for a good work ethic – and lift yourself up and become Independent in your own right.

In my opinion, if I were an American of African ancestry, I would be running to the Republican Party – because it actually gives a person the method to escape the mess that so many find themselves in today.

Free enterprise means freedom.

We all know the statistics.  Approximately 70% of all female Americans of African ancestry have children out of wedlock.

A huge, disproportionate amount of prisoners are Americans of African ancestry.

Can you imagine, actually getting out of the Ghetto, once and for all?  This has GOT to be the dream of most children who find themselves locked into this kind of existence – but apparently it is not.  Or at least it is not working for the average American of African ancestry.

The freedom to work for yourself and to rely on yourself and to say NO to GENERATIONAL GOVERNMENTAL HANDOUTS – should be a huge lure for ALL AMERICANS.

But they have been hoodwinked and lied to, not by the Republicans – but by the Democrats.

Reverend White makes a living out of stirring up racial animosity.  Jessie Jackson does the same thing.  So does the so-called “Reverend” Al Sharpton.  They are playing the same game – and Americans of African ancestry keep taking the bait.

Take a poll and see how many of your Americans of African ancestry friends and neighbors DIDN’T vote for Obama.  I live in Sacramento, a very ethnically mixed population.  When I asked my Americans of African ancestry friends who they voted for, they all had that same half-smile of disbelief on their faces.  Of course, they voted for Obama.

Yet, when I ask them why they ALL voted for him – they could not give me anything but HOPE – and that he would be the first black President.

Yet, if being black was one of the reasons – is that not being racist, in and of itself?

But they don’t seem to get the distinction between the idea of Democrats wanting to “help” and the Republicans offering the “opportunity” for them to help themselves.

Remember, private businesses get their money FIRST, and then decide what to pay the government in taxes later on.  These people are free to do what they want to do.  And many of them are rich.  I can guarantee that successful business owners do not live in Ghettos.

Yet, the majority of the good people of African ancestry cannot seem to grasp this point.  Freedom actually lies in getting AWAY from GOVERNMENT HANDOUTS – not running to them.

AMERICANS OF MEXICAN/LATINO ANCESTRY

Here again, Americans of Mexican/Latino ancestry fall for the same Democratic propaganda.

The concept of “Bi-lingual” education is fine – but English should be taught as the first language in our public education system in the Untied States.  If Americans of Mexican/Latino ancestry wish to keep speaking Spanish, or any other language in their homes, that is fine.

But the children should be taught ONLY in English in America.

I say this from experience with over 25 years as an English (ESL) instructor in Japan, both at the college and university level.

ENGLISH is the language of the WORLD.  And if you speak English – you speak the language of financial success.

Let me explain.  If Americans of Mexican/Latino ancestry never learn to speak English – fluently – then they will only climb up so far on the societal ladder – and no farther.

That means that if they don’t learn to speak fluent English they will be HANDICAPPED for the rest of their lives.

Then, if that is the case, the only English phrase they will become proficient in, is:

“For here, or to go?”

Again, Americans of Mexican/Latino ancestry make up a huge contingent of our nation’s prison population.

A large majority of them live in the “Barrio” and most don’t have any idea of how to get out.  However, too many of them finally do get out – and go directly into our federal and state prison systems.

RACE-ISM:  THE COMMON DENOMINATOR

I could go into each and every race that resides in America but I think you are starting to get the picture.

What I am trying to do here is get people to address the concept of Race and Ethnicity in a POSITIVE SENSE.

Let me explain.

My wife is a true Japanese-American.  She was born in Japan, speaks Japanese and still holds Japanese citizenship – but she also holds a LEGAL GREEN CARD.  That pretty much seems to me to qualify her as a Japanese-American.

However, our grandkids are NOT Japanese-Americans.  They are Americans of Japanese/Dutch ancestry.

It was my specific wish (demand) that they all be fluent in BOTH English and Japanese.  All three children have been going to Japanese Schools – on the weekends – and the two boys are now fluent in both speaking and writing Japanese, as well as English.

This is the legacy of TRUE Bi-lingual education.  It will give all three children the ADDED advantage of being able to speak two languages – and maybe a leg up on getting a job in a Japanese company here in America, in Japan or the wider International Community.

It is an incredible advantage to have bi-lingual ability.  They will have a wider choice of employment opportunities and eventually have the chance to make a lot more money in their lifetimes.

And after all, isn’t that what the idea of working for a living is all about – to make a lot of money?

But yet, we see the Democrats pressing for “bi-lingual” education.  They demand to keep their ethnicity and their cultural heritage – which is fine.

But the point they are missing is, if you live in America – you MUST adhere to the laws of this country.  You have to be taught in ENGLISH – so you will have the power and upward mobility to become self-sufficient – and SUCCESSFUL.

However, the bigger government gets, and the more promises they dole out – the more Minorities of all colors tend to be sucked in.

The concept of freedom and equality lies in the opportunity to WORK FOR YOURSELF, to make your own decisions and to literally do what YOU want to do – not what the GOVERNMENT tells you to do.

AND THEREIN LIES THE RUB

All governments are the same.  They exist, not for the people, but for their own benefit.  The people be damned.

Yet, the government must PRETEND to care about its constituency – especially the minorities.

But if this is the case, then why are so many Americans of African ancestry along with Americans of Mexican/Latino ancestry still, on average, at the lower end of the income totem pole?

Because they are still being sucker-punched into believing that racism is the cause – and that WHITEY is to blame for their dire social circumstances.

But that simply is not the truth.

The way to succeed in America is to be set free – not tied to a WELFARE MERRY-GO-ROUND for the rest of eternity.

My wife and I recently went to my old hometowns of Sylmar and Sun Valley, California.  We then drove into parts of LA that I have not been to in years.

Sylmar is now heavily populated by the “Latino” community.  Gang related problems are horrendous.  The houses are now mostly rundown – and a large amount of residents are on GOVERNMENT WELFARE “ASSISTANCE.”

In SunValley, it is exactly the same – only worse.  Again, a large amount of residents are on GOVERNMENT WELFARE “ASSISTANCE.”

We traveled down to LA and drove through the “Skidrow District.”  And yes, this is what it is exactly called.  I saw this written on the side of a fire truck that pulled up next to us at a red light.

The area – just off Wilshire Boulevard – was like a third world country.  Drunks staggering around, people urinating on the streets, dope deals going down right on the sidewalks, pimps smoking marijuana as they watched their “hos” strut their stuff.

An occasional police car drove by – but their job is NOT to enforce the laws – it is simply to keep the peace.

My wife freaked out.  Needless to say we got out of there – fast.

But think about it.  This whole “nuther world” was just a few miles from Hollywood and Beverly Hills.  It was amazing to see the juxtaposition – right here in America.

When I was a kid, we were always instructed to “roll up the windows and lock the doors” when going through the “colored section” of town.  The situation was bad in those days.

But it is ten times worse now.  And more than ever, these poor people are trapped inside their Ghettos like animals caged in a Zoo, with no way to get out – except to go to prison – or get murdered.

Yet, the RACE card is still being played.  The Democrats keep calling everything that they can point to as White American Racism.

I, for one, am not buying it – anymore.  I used to, when I was a university student.  I bought into all the Liberal bullshit how racism is as American as Apple Pie.  Racism was “INVENTED” here.  I was actually TOLD that by a “professor” at San Jose State University.

THEN TO JAPAN – AND CHINA

My first taste of REVERSE RACISM was in Japan.

In the early years, gaijin (foreigners – actually it means anybody who is not Japanese) were only allowed to hold certain jobs.  The number of foreign baseball players is still strictly limited.  Sumo wrestlers also have limitations.  Even foreign RACE HORSES are not allowed to race in big events.  The Ainu (Japanese Aborigines) have mostly been systematically exterminated by the Japanese Government.

For awhile, I was “offended” and angry at how I was being treated as a “foreigner.”  And I let it get me down.

Then, one evening while sharing a few beers with an old friend, and bitching my head off as to how racist Japan was and how it was their fault for me not being able to do what I really wanted to do, my friend finally interrupted my tirade.

“Look, Larry.  It is nobody’s fault but your own.  Why don’t you quite your full-time university job and work for yourself.”

Although I had to give up an $83,000 a year job, I took his advice and went for it.

I was determined to work as hard as I could, taught 25 classes every week at four different universities, never missed one day of work – and was able to make enough and invest enough to retire at the age of 57 years old.

It was the best advice I have ever taken.

Had I just given up and blamed the racism of Japan for holding me back, I would not be where I am today.

In China, the situation is MUCH worse.  Certain ethnic minorities are actually hunted down and put into prison on trumped up charges.  The Falun Gong has been outlawed.  If you belong to that group you are immediately sent to jail.

The “Country” of Tibet is under complete GOVERNMENTAL CRACKDOWN to this day, the Dalai Lama living in exile for fear of imprisonment.

Just as an added bit of information, China is on record as one of the largest exporters of HUMAN BODY PARTS to all corners of the Earth.

The source?  Its burgeoning prison population.  Yes, they actually take body parts from their own prisoners, by force, sell them – and deposit the money into the coffers of the Chinese Communist Party.

RACISM WAS NOT INVENTED IN AMERICA.

THE INVISIBLE AMERICANS

The only REAL Americans are the American Indians.  And, believe me, they DO NOT like to be called Native Americans.  I was reminded of this a few years back when living in Washington state.

“We are not natives,” an American Indian friend told me.  ”We don’t live in the jungle.”

Then we began talking about the “plight” of the American Indians and how they were tricked into EVERY treaty that they signed with the United States Government.

My friend said, “Every time the government promised my people something, they broke their word.  The government promised to help, and look what happened to us.”

My mother lives in Arizona and we go once or twice a year to visit.  The first time we drove down my wife looked at some of the houses that were along the highway and commented, “Do people actually live there?”  We were driving through a reservation at the time.

“No,” I said.  ”They just try to survive.”

Since English is her second language, she didn’t understand what I was talking about.

When I explained, she just shook her head in disbelief.  ”But this is supposed to be America,” she finally muttered.

I could not have said it better myself.

THE LAST THING MINORITIES – OR ANYBODY ELSE FOR THAT MATTER NEEDS – IS MORE GOVERNMENT HELP!

HAPPY FOURTH OF JULY

Sunday is the Fourth of July.  America will be 234 years old.

It is up to WE THE PEOPLE to make sure that this great country continues to celebrate our Nation’s Birthday far into the future.

Please remember one thing when you are having your barbecues, eating hot dogs and watching the fireworks at night.

This Country was never meant to be – A Government of the Government, by the Government and for the Government!

There is no Russian Dream.  There is no Chinese Dream.  There is only THE AMERICAN DREAM.

It is up to WE THE PEOPLE – NOT THE GOVERNMENT – to keep that DREAM ALIVE – for the sake of our children, our grandchildren and that of the – still enslaved – people of the World.

We are very lucky indeed.  Let’s keep it that way.

Happy Fourth of July!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

]]> http://www.theamericantelegraph.com/?feed=rss2&p=410 4 http://www.theamericantelegraph.com/?p=406 http://www.theamericantelegraph.com/?p=406#comments Wed, 30 Jun 2010 17:13:54 +0000 larry http://www.theamericantelegraph.com/?p=406 SPECIAL EDITION

I realize most of you have a lot on your minds these days, so my full apologies for sending this Special Edition out to your e-mail box – but I felt compelled to write so you can have a “heads up” as to what MIGHT BE in the offing for the near future.

For some reason, today I have had numerous phone conversations and also two personal meetings with people who know very well what they are talking about.

Plus, the continued decline in the Stock Market is not to be ignored, along with the continuing oil gusher (this is NOT a spill – a spill signifies a containment area) and 10% unemployment.

In the best interest of time, I won’t go in long details about the conversations.  I’ll just hit the high points before I forget them and let you be the judge as to their veracity.

In no special order, here was the gist of all the conversations:

The USA is secretly planning a military strike on Iran – sometime before November 2010.  Obama is downplaying this, because he actually believes that he deserved the Nobel Peace Prize, and doesn’t want that recognition to be put in jeopardy.  It is believed that the US military command is ready to strike Iran at will.

General McCrystal KNEW EXACTLY what he was doing – because he wanted out of Afghanistan.  His subordination was a PLANNED retreat. He will now retire – and seek high office.  How high is not yet known.

Obama, on the other hand, has played General Petraeus for a fool.  The good general took the “demotion” to handle Afgahanistan in his own way.  McCrystal’s dismissal actually will effect change in the rules of engagement – something that he wanted for his soldiers all along. In this respect, McCrystal is a HERO of the highest order.

If the war in Afghanistan is lost  (which it will be) then it is the fault of General Petraeus.  If the war is hopefully won, then Obama takes credit as the “Commander-in-Chief.”

In doing so, Obama has SWIFTLY taken General Petraeus out of the picture for the 2012 Presidential Election.

This leaves only Hillary Clinton as a viable candidate to challenge the sitting President as a Democrat.  Her position as Secretary of State will be watched closely for the next several months.  She does not want to wait until 2016.  By then it will be too late, and she will be too old – or so the thinking goes.

Palin is pretty much out of the picture for the GOP as any type of Presidential candidate.  The old standbys of Romney, Gingrich, and Huckabee will not carry the day.  New candidates are in the making as Governor Chris Christie, Jeb Bush, even General McCrystal are being mentioned.

The reason the underwater oil gusher is not being resolved is because the Obama Administration is going to milk this for all they can with regard to “alternative energy” and make billions of dollars in the process for the Outfit.

Over 15 nations have offered help – and in two cases could have stopped the gusher and performed the cleanup in less than two weeks – but were flatly turned down.  A friend from New Zealand blistered me and the “dumb Yanks” for not accepting the help being offered.

There is absolutely NO discussion whatsoever in the MASS MEDIA of even mentioning the possibility of a terror attack or intentional sabotage on the deep water rig.  In this day and age, does this not sound even the least bit strange?

Most economists believe that we are (sorry, but as predicted) headed toward a double dip recession.  One prominent NOBEL PRIZE winner, has now said that we are on our way toward a Great Depression – Greater than the one from 1929 to 1933.  Obama has not once trumpeted this Nobel Prize winner and his most recent dire predictions.

Two people actually told me that the media has been effectively silenced – and if anything comes out of them they will be dealt with accordingly.

Does it not strike anybody as strange that Senator Kyl has been completely mum on his border discussion with Obama?  It is being talked about that he was “warned.”

The closeness – the President yesterday morning and the FED Chairman – sitting right next to each other talking about how everything will get better actually unnerved me.  This is an EXTREMELY dangerous sign when they both show up on International TV together.  Bernanke’s body language was screaming for help.  He did NOT look happy.

Obama was shut down by the leaders of the G-20.  They TOLD Obama to rein in spending – but Obama simply ignored them.  And he is said to have been “sorely offended” for being talked to in such a manner.

Apparently, there is a very strong undercurrent of thought that this President might be delusional in his own capabilities – the strongest concern coming from Germany, of all places.

Last night there were discussions as to how to “effectively” cut the deficit.  Some methods were:

Raise Social Security age to 65 or even 70 years of age.  Right now there are riots breaking out in Europe for such draconian solutions – as the International MULTI-BILLIONAIRES are raking in even MORE money in bonuses and ill-gotten gains.

There is talk to lower the Medicare allowance to be paid by the government, thus WE THE PEOPLE picking up the higher tab, digging even deeper into our pockets.

There is also talk of lowering Medicaid allowances accordingly.

Some government officials are consider disallowing Social Security recipients to receive their payments – if they live outside of America – thus curtailing the record emigration of United States citizens to other countries – and assuring a viable tax base in the process.

They are considering taxing all Americans living overseas by doing away with “tax  exemption agreements” with their host countries.

Gas is to rise to $5.00 a gallon by mid-2011, if not sooner.

In closing, EVERYONE I spoke with emphatically agreed that the November 2010 election is EPOCHAL in its importance.

In keeping with the purpose of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, I felt it my duty to bring these considerations to your attention ASAP.  I did not want to wait until my Fourth of July Edition.  This is simply too important to hold back.

ACTION TO TAKE

Go on the Internet, check chat rooms, investigate the websites that I gave you in my previous newsletter and see what you can find out.  We are extremely fortunate to have the Internet at our disposal.

Use it to find the information that you really need.

THEN, armed with verifiable facts, confront your “representatives” at all levels and press them for solid, concrete answers.  Settle for nothing less.

After re-reading this newsletter, it reminds me of some conspiracy nut going completely off the deep end.

How I wish that were the case.  Sadly, I don’t think it is.

Until next time, take care and keep thinking positive.

Never give up!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Please don’t make the oft repeated mistake of confusing simple with simplistic.

The whole idea of thinking in simple terms is the essence of an enjoyable life.  People always refer to the “simple life” and the “simple fact of the matter.”

So why is everything so complicated nowadays?

The simple reason is that people need a job.  So they automatically make simple solutions much harder to come by.

Two very simple answers to VERY DIFFICULT problems:

1.  Healthcare – Simply take the same type of health coverage that all Senators and Congressmen get, and extend it to the average public.  Pretty simple solution.

Not simplistic – SIMPLE.

Can anyone tell me why this is not possible?  After all the discussions, debates, time and MONEY that was spent playing every conceivable political game they could come up with – we now have the most absurd, complicated and completely over-budgeted so-called Obamacare that our “representatives” could come up with.

And they didn’t even READ the damn bill before they passed it.

How STUPID is that?

Where has the simple fact of common sense gone?

2.  The IRS.  This has to be the most convoluted, screwed up system in the world.  Even Einstein could not understand it.

So why don’t we simply implement a system of a 10% National Sales Tax?  It is excruciatingly simple – and FAIR to boot.

Why has this not been put into effect before now?

The reason is very simple.  The rich people in this country would never stand for it.

Why not?

Because they THINK they know what is best for the rest of us – and they DEMAND that WE THE PEOPLE pay for what THEY want.

I know.  I can already hear the cries of “Conspiracy” again.  Please hear me out – and then you can come to your own conclusion.

But first, a little history is in store.

Many years ago, when King Henry VIII was going through wives like a sausage machine cranks out hot dogs, he was having trouble getting the “Church” to give him a certificate of divorce.  Then, in an epiphany, he thought of a very simple idea.  He would invent his own religion – thus Protestantism was born.  And with that “religion” divorce was made legitimate.

Note the word “Protest” within the word Protestantism.  Fairly simple, if you ask me.

However, the “Church” was not about to give in without getting something in return – and thus was the beginning of the establishment of the separation of “Church” and “State.”

Henry told the “Church” that they could have their religion – TAX FREE – if they mind their own business and let him have the “State” and his new religion.

They all agreed – and from that point on – the “Church” has never had to pay a cent in taxes.

And no “organized religion” has ever had to pay taxes in this country either.

But people finally started to get wise in America and thus, in 1913 – under the Progressive Leadership of Woodrow Wilson (the one who said, “Elect Me and I will never let our boys fight in a European conflict”) – he gave us the Income Tax – with many strings attached.

SO WHERE DO THE RICH PEOPLE COME IN?

Good question.

In the most recent edition of FORTUNE Magazine, July 5, 2010, the magazine cover says it all:

“THE $600 Billion Challenge”

And on the cover is none other than the best and brightest people in America:

Warren Buffett (the man who invests in China – and Chinese slave labor practices), Bill and Melinda Gates (who also invest heavily in China – and the Chinese slave labor trade).

They pontificate on helping the downtrodden and less fortunate – but are exploiting the very people they purport to be helping.  I guess Chinese coolies don’t count in their minds.

Their objective is to “challenge” the nation’s billionaires “to pledge to give at least half their net worth to charity, in their lifetimes or at death.”

Sounds very nice – and simple.  Until you start to think.  And therein lies the subject of this AMERICAN TELEGRAPH edition.

Warren Buffet voted for Obama.

Bill Gates voted for Obama.

Melinda Gates voted for Obama.

Warren Buffet has given the colossal amount of $6.4 BILLION to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, not counting his “gift” for 2010, to be made sometime this summer.

Sounds good, so far.  Giving to the needy.

But THEY are the ones who choose what causes to give to.  They do not ask WE THE PEOPLE.

BUT WHY SHOULD THEY ASK WE THE PEOPLE?  It is their money, isn’t it?

Well, actually it is NOT their money.  It is OUR money.

EVERY PENNY THEY GIVE TO CHARITY - THEY WRITE OFF.  Who picks up that bill?

WE THE PEOPLE!

Yet the People have no say whatsoever as to where that money goes or to whom it helps.

The rich have devised a plan along the exact same lines that the “Organized Religions” have developed over the centuries.

The “Church” runs its own affairs – UNTAXED – and the STATE runs its own affairs – by taxing WE THE PEOPLE.

But the rich get away with economic murder – through “giving” to charities of their own choice – and then taxing WE THE PEOPLE into the Poorhouse.

In the FORTUNE article they describe a dinner that was held to encourage the “Forbes list of the 400 wealthiest Americans to pledge – literally pledge – at least 50% of their net worth to charity during their lifetimes or at death.”

Who else came to the dinner?

Oprah Winfrey, Eli and Edythe Broad, Ted Turner, David Rockefeller, Chuck Feeny, Michael Bloomberg, George Soros, Julian Robertson, John and Tashia Morgridge and Pete Peterson.

Now count how many Obama supporters in just that group and you start to get a very different picture of what is going on here.

And I would submit that most, if not all of these people, attend the annual Bilderberg, Tri-lateral Commission, or Council on Foreign Affairs meetings.  But I digress.

BUT I STILL DON’T GET YOUR POINT!

My point is simply this.   The IRS was designed and implemented by so-called “Progressives” to make WE THE PEOPLE more EQUAL.

Only problem is, it worked in REVERSE.

With the ultra-rich and our “representatives” (many of whom are multi-millionaires themselves) writing all the tax loopholes that they can get away with – WE THE PEOPLE get screwed again and again.

And in 2011 we will get EVEN MORE taken away in taxes.

So my point is this.  Every politician that you talk to, support with your hard-earned money, and trust with your heart and soul – ask them this one question:

What are you going to do about abolishing the IRS?

It is a simple question.

Please remember, the United States of America did not even have an Income Tax until the Democrats forced it upon us.  This is a simple HISTORICAL fact.

We (along with thousands of Chinese immigrant workers) built the railroads.

We invented the telephone, telegraph, and the lightbulb.  Simple stuff now – but in those days these were revolutionary inventions that changed the world.

And we did it all without an Income Tax.

Press the candidates that you support, for their TRUE position on taxes.

DEMAND that they make a PLEDGE that they will NOT RAISE any type of tax whatsoever.

Make them go on record that they will vote against all higher tax appropriations – no matter what the reason.

If WE THE PEOPLE simply stand up and make our voices heard – WE can change the direction of America before it is too late.

And just as a cynical side note:  Eliminate all tax write-offs and then we will see how charitable the rich really are.

Don’t think negative.  Get up off your collective butts – and attend political meetings.  Ask questions.  Get involved.  And don’t settle for anymore political garbage.  Get the straight truth.  And don’t sit down until you are really satisfied with the answers.

Ever wonder why our Founding Fathers insisted that the First Amendment was number one on the list of 10?

Well, now you know.

AND WHAT ABOUT THE 2nd AMENDMENT?

There is a lot of talk about our 2nd Amendment being slowly eroded.

Let me make another simple statement.

Our Founding Fathers included the 2nd Amendment – so, just in case we had to physically enforce the Constitution – WE THE PEOPLE – would have the means to do so.

Every tyrannical leader, down through history, has first disarmed the populace – and then gone mad with power, murdering, raping and plundering their own people.

The Founding Fathers gave us the most precious of gifts when it came to the Constitution.

Yes, it had flaws – and many of them have been corrected through amendments.

Our Founding Fathers were THAT prescient to realize that even they did not have all the right answers – and left WE THE PEOPLE with the responsibility of changing the Constitution when time dictated that it needed to be revised.

It is a living Constitution – and would not have been passed without amending it 10 times from the get-go.

Thus, WE THE PEOPLE have THE BILL OF RIGHTS – the first 10 Amendments to the Constitution of the United States of America.

At least, that is how I remember it being taught in school.

As for the Second Amendment, ask the person you are supporting for Congress or the Senate, how they stand on the right to keep and bear arms.  Make it abundantly clear that if they don’t believe in the Second Amendment – that you will not vote for them.

In closing, I would like to attach a very informative piece of instruction for all of you who own a handgun for self-protection.  It was forwarded to me by a reader – and my sincere thanks to him for this.  He knows who he is.

If time permits, please check out this video.  It is very worthwhile information on what to do if your handgun jams on you at a critical moment:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oJaQvV6q-D8&feature=related

That is it for this edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

Best wishes and keep thinking positive!

Lawrence Klepinger
Publisher/Editor
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I was very happy to see a lot of people responding to the first idea of a new system of taxation.  Although a few people continued to complain and offer no real concrete solutions, a number of readers came up with some good ideas and lively comments to boot.

Thanks to all of you who continue to try and offer new thoughts to help make this country even better than it already is. Please keep the dialogue going.  As you can see, I don’t edit for bad grammar or misspellings.  I just try to print what you have to say.  Only racist and hateful comments toward others will be deleted. However, if you want to get on my case and call me names, I will print those as they come in.  Believe me, I can take the heat.

FOLLOW-UP ON THE 10% NATIONAL SALES TAX PROPOSAL

As I stated in my last newsletter, I think that a NATIONAL SALES TAX of 10% would be the best way to accomplish the system of taxation in this country.  A few of you took exception with this idea.

One reader brought up the distinction between a NATIONAL SALES TAX vs. a VALUE ADDED TAX.

So this will be where I will direct a few comments and let you decide which is best – or come up with solutions of your own.

But first, I want to make a few specific points.  Either of the tax alternatives mentioned above is fine with me.

However, there must not be any mistaking this one very important concept.  These are not to be ADDED ON to our already overburdened system of taxation.  A NATIONAL SALES TAX on top of our present system would, in my humble opinion, lead to riots in the streets.

WE THE PEOPLE are being taxed to the hilt right now.  If there is even a scintilla of a NATIONAL SALES TAX –  in addition to our already existing system – then a SECOND AMERICAN REVOLUTION IS IN ORDER!

So, please bear in mind, that either the National Sales Tax or a Value Added Tax be the ALTERNATIVE – not an addition to our existing IRS Code.

A National Sales Tax would be collected at the register.  This means that just one tax is paid.  But the problem here is that WHOSE register is it going to be paid – the WHOLESALE or the RETAIL register?

For this reason I would propose a VALUE ADDED TAX on ALL goods and services, at all levels.

Here is how it would work, if implemented today.

There would be no more IRS = billions of dollars saved right off the bat.

There would be no more tax receipts = billions of dollars saved (trees).

There would be no more gas, tobacco or alcohol taxes.

No Income Tax.

No Estate Tax.

No Dividend or Capital Gains Tax.

THERE ALSO WOULD BE NO WRITE-OFFS WHATSOEVER.

No Mortgage Deduction write-offs.

No Business Write-offs.

No Charity Write-offs of any kind.  This is a real sore spot with a lot of people.  However, have you ever considered that if everyone only pays a VALUE ADDED TAX, then there would be a lot fewer POOR people that would need to have charity in the first place.

But the real “issue” with Charitable Donations is that the rich – and the ultra-rich – think George Soros, Bill Gates and Warren Buffett – give to the charities of THEIR CHOICE – then write those DONATIONS off on their taxes – and charge WE THE PEOPLE with the tax bill.  In other words, they choose who they want to give to – and WE PAY.

Why nobody has ever really figured this one out is beyond my comprehension.

And Corporations do the exact same thing.  Every Coca-Cola sign and Big Mac advertisement that you see on TV is a Business Tax Write-off, yet WE THE PEOPLE pick up that tab, too.

Has it ever occurred to anyone why American Corporations have an EFFECTIVE TAX RATE of 12%?

You always hear about the Corporate Tax being at 35% or higher.  But this is THE BIGGEST LIE that has been perpetuated onto the American public in the history of the Internal Revenue Service.

This is exactly why Warren Buffett, and others of his ilk, pay MILLIONS of dollars to AVOID paying their fair share of taxes – thus saving HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS in the process.

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is one of the biggest TAX SCAMS in the country.  Yet Bill and his wife are proclaimed to be philanthropists of the first order – and write off every one of their gala dinner festivals in the name of charity – and WE THE PEOPLE pick up the “bill” again.

Let’s see how many of these ultra-rich hypocrites give to charity – once all their tax write-offs are gone.

Is it any wonder why the Government and the Corporations are in this ploy together?

Neither of them pay their fair share – but instead, push it all onto WE THE PEOPLE.

A Value Added Tax would automatically do away with ALL TAX WRITE-OFFS—FOREVER.

Here is a little exercise.  Walk around you home and tally up all the “stuff” that you have bought – your furniture, appliances, toys, rugs, glasses, plates, silverware, rubber bands, meat and potatoes – car and house – and you will start to see what a HUGE revenue generator this would be.

We could balance the budget and have a SURPLUS in no time flat.  But the Government does not want this to happen, and they lead the less mentally inclined among us to believe that it can NEVER be done.

WELL, IF IT IS SO GOOD, WHY DON’T WE ALREADY HAVE IT?

Great question.

It is a very simply, yet poignant, concept:  The Government has CONTROL over each and every one of us, when it taxes our income – and even more so – when it doles out TAX BREAKS – to constituents in return for votes.

Other countries have bribes – we have tax write-offs.

Rich people and Corporations will fight to the death to protect their legal tax avoidance agreements they have established over the years with the Government.

And THAT is the reason why it is so difficult to get either the VAT or a National Sales Tax to even be considered.

Some people complained that this type of tax would not be fair to “poor people.”

Well, in all honesty – I have to totally disagree.

If we had a FAIR TAX, applied evenly – we would NOT have nearly as many poor people as we do now.  And please bear in mind, the gap between the rich and poor is getting bigger – not smaller.

Remember, every “working poor” person in America is also getting ripped off by the IRS – not to mention the dwindling middle and upper income classes.

And don’t think for a moment that a family of four with an income of $200,000 is rich.  It is not.

No matter how you cut it, or what you call the DEDUCTION, when money is taken out of your paycheck – before you get it – then that money is STILL a tax.

Just imagine how much revenue could be generated from this kind of FAIR TAX SYSTEM – and no other type of income tax whatsoever.

Think of the money that could be generated just from the sale of FOOD alone.

In Japan, they tax ALL FOOD.

Japan has one of the best PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION systems in the world, the most efficient POST OFFICE SERVICE – and a NATIONAL HEALTHCARE SYSTEM that Americans can’t even conceive of in their minds.

The Shinkansen (Bullet Train) has been in existence since 1964 – and they have never had an accident resulting in the death of a passenger.  Can AMTRAK make the same claim?

The Postal Service is so good, that the Post Office sends 1000s of dollars in “money envelopes” every day, and they actually get delivered without being stolen in the process.

When I got my severance pay from the university I was working for in Nagoya, Japan, the mailman came to my door and handed me an envelope – with 3,000,000 yen inside – in cash!  When I opened it, I almost fell over.

That equates to roughly $25,000 according to the exchange rate at that time (1995).  Can you imagine that happening here in America?

Last year, when my wife’s mother needed constant attention with her terminal lung cancer, there was a TEAM of three nurses who would come to the house – three times a week – until her mother finally passed away.

The cost: About $10 per visit – including medication.

The nurses were of the first order, administered medical help – and also laughed and had tea together with my wife, her mother and even her older sister.

When I tell these stories to the “average” American they simply don’t believe me.

Why?  Because Americans have been duped for SO LONG that they think America has the best of everything.

Well, we don’t have the best – and it is getting worse all the time.

THE MASTER DECEIVERS

If you had the opportunity to watch Tony Hayward yesterday put on the performance of a lifetime – then you saw one of the Master Deceivers at his best.

A few days ago, we were privy to another group of Master Deceivers – the CEOs of the Major American Oil Companies, again putting on a great show of obfuscating the truth – and pointing fingers in all different directions.

Remember, ALL these companies drill in “leased” waters – FOR FREE.

Why do WE THE PEOPLE not know this?

Because the oil companies have these – and other TAX WRITE-OFFS – that, when accumulated, render BILLIONS OF DOLLARS – PER MONTH – to ALL of these corporations, in UNTAXED profits.

Why did NOT ONE Congressman or Senator ask Mr. Hayward why he SOLD a huge amount of BP SHARES – just before the current oil rig disaster?

And what did Mr. Hayward do with his ill-gotten gains?  He paid off the FULL MORTGAGE of his MANSION in England.

When a corporate leader suddenly sells a massive stake of shares in his own company – and then PAYS OFF his mortgage COMPLETELY, it means that he knows he won’t be around much longer.  Tony Hayward was simply doing what any self-respecting CORPORATE BANDIT would do.  He was covering his ASS-ETS.

PREDICTION:  Tony Hayward will be gone VERY SOON.  But he will have gotten his just rewards – and a huge GOLDEN PARACHUTE, to boot.

And if you have not guessed it already – the whole Congressional Investigation was in on the scam from the beginning – as was the President of the United States.

Why do you think President Obama let it go so long before really doing anything?  And why is the oil still gushing into the Gulf?

And remember – all the CLEAN UP COSTS – will be written off as BUSINESS EXPENSES.

WAKE UP, AMERICA – before it is too late.

The MASTER DECEIVERS all sound the same, talk the same – and think the same.

Perhaps they are thinking, “Screw the little people.  They are so dumbed-down, they will never catch on.”

A SIMPLE ENERGY PLAN

This will be my next proposal – a simply energy plan.

And I BEG the readers, to think in SIMPLE TERMS.  This is the BEST way to solve difficult problems.

SOLAR:  The Sun is 93 MILLION MILES away from the Earth – yet people get sunburned by it everyday.

I once heard a friend say, “If Exxon could run a pipe up to the Sun – and control solar energy – we would have Sun Power tomorrow.”  And he was right.

But we need an interim plan to get to SOLAR POWER – which is the final answer.

NATURAL GAS:  This natural resource is in huge abundance right here in America and Canada.  So why don’t we use it now, and get off our reliance to oil in the Middle East?

Many years ago, a CONSPIRACY THEORIST proclaimed that Henry Kissinger made a deal with the Saudis to buy all their oil – on the condition that we would not use very much of our own.

Kissinger’s idea was as follows:  We could use up all of the Saudi oil and then still have our own – then rule the world.

Well, it did not work out as he planned.  But the Saud Family was established in power by the CIA, the regular people live like paupers – and the fat leaders of that, and other Arab States, have hundreds of Rolls Royce automobiles and enough jewels on their fingers to feed the entire population of the world.

Yet their own people starve just outside the walls of the King’s castles all over the Middle East.

But WE THE PEOPLE got hoodwinked again – by the Master Deceivers.  We wanted oil.  Let me re-state that.

WE NEEDED OIL!  Middle Eastern Oil.

Bob Dole once said that their are three reason why we are still fighting wars in the Middle East.

“O-I-L”

Here in Sacramento, all the city buses are run on Natural Gas.  The Fed Ex trucks as set up the same way.

It can be done – and it can be done now.  But the Oil Cartel – both here in America – and in the Middle East simply will not allow it.

They used to refer to oil as “Black Gold.”  Sadly, today it has become “Red Gold.”

Natural Gas can be implemented in very short order.  It is in tremendous abundance and is CHEAP.

We can use this energy source until we have devised an economical way to harvest the Sun’s energy – for everybody.

NUCLEAR ENERGY:  This is a COMPLETE FARCE.  Do not think for one minute this is a viable alternative.  If you do, then you have bought into the NUCLEAR SCAM 100%.  With Nuclear energy comes nuclear WASTE.

What will we do when we have a nuclear catastrophe on the scale of the oil leak that we have right now.  Who can guarantee that this will never happen?

Learn form the Gulf Nightmare.  Nuclear energy is NOT the answer.

Solar Power is our only REAL alternative.  Set up a MANHATTAN PROJECT for Solar Power, reward the best companies with BILLION dollar contracts and get the damn job done.

And please don’t even consider BIO FUEL.  That is such a sham that I can’t believe people were even taken in by this idea.

Bio fuel consumes TONS OF WATER, TONS OF FOOD, AND ACRES OF LAND – not to mention all the chemicals used to grow the crops.

What the hell are people thinking of?

Maybe Americans are actually just DANCING WITH THE STARS.

HAPPY FATHER’S DAY

Here is wishing all the Fathers out there a Happy and Joyous Father’s Day!  Be happy with what you have; you might not have it much longer if America does not wake up – and wake up soon.

Until next time, best wishes and . . .

Keep thinking Positive!

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

“If man were meant to fly, he would have been born with wings.”

This is the quote that was hurled at both Michelangelo and the Wright Brothers.

Flying was simply impossible.  Then the Wright Brothers proved them ALL wrong.

I remember, when I was a little boy, seeing a movie in which all the people went out to Kitty Hawk—not to watch the first airplane fly – but to mock the two brothers for attempting the impossible.  No one is laughing today.

When I ran for Congress in 2004, most people gave me NO chance of winning.  The prediction was, that I would be “crushed” or, worse yet, quit before voting day.  Those who bet against me were proven very wrong.

The point of all this is, people are generally cowards at heart.  They are afraid to challenge the status quo in any way whatsoever.

Thus, we had the Jews in WWII being herded into concentration camps while guarded by only a few troops.  (Steven Speilberg said this would never happen in such a manner again, implying they would fight to the death).

We now see hundreds of millions of Chinese living in complete and utter squalor as the top 10% of the population (including those of the “Communist” regime) getting sickeningly rich, at the expense of the “teeming masses.”  This situation will, in time, explode in the government’s face.

Most people are afraid to make any type of decision—for fear of being wrong—or worse yet, laughed at.  That is precisely the reason that heros are held in such high regard; there are so few of them.

The dictum of “Supply and Demand” could never be more relevant.

People are, in general, negative thinkers—and from negative thinking comes cowardice and inaction.

To prove this observation is very easy.  Have you ever been to a seminar in which they teach you how to be unmotivated? Of course not.  They are always trying to motivate you – thus, motivational seminars.

Ever been to a motivational seminar where they teach you to think negatively? Again, the answer is a resounding, No!

Motivational speakers have made billions of dollars off of the general public—precisely because people are NATURALLY cowards and negative thinkers.

My advice is to get over it.  Think positive—and get on with living.

In my last newsletter I implored readers to come up with ideas and suggestions that were creative and positive in nature. To get involved—not by bitching and moaning—but by putting forth new ideas and concepts.

I got very few takers.  It is a sign of the times.  Cry and complain—but don’t sit down and try to solve any of the problems.

With that in mind, I would like to propose a tax plan that is so simple, so direct and so FAIR—that nobody in his right mind would ever even THINK of mentioning it in public—so I will do it anyway.

But first, four very short quotes:

“The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without regard to any census of enumeration.”

16^th Amendment to the United States Constitution, 1913

“The hardest thing in the world to understand is the income tax.”

Albert Einstein

“In general, the art of government consists in taking as much money as possible from one class of citizens and giving it to the other.”

Voltaire

“Simplicity, simplicity, simplicity.”

Henry David Thoreau

With these quotes firmly entrenched in my mind for years, this is my suggestion for a really FAIR system of taxation in America.

I know, there will be those who say it is impossible.  But remember, the whole concept of the United States of America was considered impossible in the beginning—and then WE THE PEOPLE made it happen.

WE THE PEOPLE can do it again—if only WE had the courage to act.

1.  America should immediately impose a 10% SALES TAX on every item that is sold in America.  This is to include food, gas, utilities, cars, homes, EVERYTHING.

2.  But this approach is only to be taken if the IRS—and all its authority of taxation is completely abolished—and the 16th Amendment is repealed in its entirety.

This means:

No more Income Tax

No more dividend tax, inheritance tax, or capital gains tax

No more write-offs whatsoever, for home mortgage, charities or other legal tax dodges

No more April 15th filings

No more tax preparations

No more tax attorneys

No more IRS agents

No more paperwork

No more red tape

(Notice, that if you put THE + IRS together it = THEIRS)

I know what you are thinking.  This is a simpleton’s approach.  Simple, yet.  But simpleton?  Never in a million years.

You think it will never happen.  And you are absolutely right—if that is the approach that you take to this idea.  A pessimistic, negative approach will produce nothing but pessimism  and a negative result.

So I now I CHALLENGE each and every one of you to find fault with this proposal.

It is SIMPLE, EASY TO UNDERSTAND and totally FAIR in its application.

You pay 10% at the register, and that is it.

I hope that a lot of you take the time to delve into this concept and put your ideas and comments on the blog.

It is now up to you to come up with a better alternative.

I will address ideas—if there are any—in my next newsletter.

But be forewarned.  This is not an easy subject—if you do not allow yourself to think beyond the boundaries.

Good luck!

LET’S GIVE THE FINGER TO ISRAEL, ENGLAND AND ALL OUR OTHER ALLIES

It has been one of the bigger shocks of the Obama Administration to see what it has done with two of our staunchest allies in the entire World.

President Obama intentionally snubbed Israel on two separate occassions.

Then, “President” Obama declared that he wants to “kick some ass” with regard to BP and the oil spill.  Pretty nice talk for a “Harvard educated” man.  Maybe this is why we still cannot access his college transcripts—but that is another story.  (For the record BP does NOT stand for British Petroleum.  They changed their name years ago, simply to BP. Exactly what AARP did sometime back.)

To top it off, Obama tries to make friends with terrorist countries – and they give HIM the finger in return.

Yet, Obama keeps talking—and talking—and talking.

It seems to make no difference that the Obama Administration knew exactly what the dangers were—even before the drilling began. Records now show that he was well aware of the enormity that a deep-water spill would cause, not to mention the campaign donations from BP, that quickly went into his political coffers.

Now he is trying to cover his tracks—again—by blaming others, but taking no blame himself.

Get used to it.  THIS is Chicago Politics at its finest.  And until we actually get up off our collective asses—and away from our 60 inch widescreen TV sets long enough to vote these miscreants out of office—it will continue.

But yet, here in California, the voter turnout was pitifully low—again.  We are too fat, too lazy—and too spoiled.

Which brings me to my final point of this newsletter.

WHERE ARE THE GOP “LEADERS?”

Charles Payne, noted economist and leading thinker on economical/political matters, on his Wall Street Market Commentary, 6/11/2010, stated the following:

“This BP situation keeps getting more interesting. Within two weeks of the spill, no less than thirteen nations offered assistance. They have all been turned down. This is nuts and more than hypocritical considering criticism aimed at President Bush for not accepting aid from Cuba after Hurricane Katrina. We are talking about help being offered by our closest allies and nations with vast expertise in deepwater disasters: Canada, Croatia, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, Norway, Romania, Korea, Spain, Sweden, and the U.K. (the UN offered help, too). According to Foreign Policy magazine, Belgians say they could clean the mess up in four months or less.

So what gives? The Jones Act, which isn’t named after Van Jones but could have been. The Jones Act is in section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act of 1920. The act states all goods transported between U.S. ports must carry a U.S. flag, be constructed in the United States, owned by U.S. citizens, and have a U.S. crew who are permanent residents. The act also says these ships must have union crews. The act has already devastated the U.S. shipbuilding industry, which has been saddled with higher costs and limited opportunities. As a consequence, only 1% of the world’s shipbuilding occurs in the United States.

It seems certain President Obama hasn’t waived the Act because of his obligations to unions. By the way, President Bush waived the Act after Katrina, and help came in from many nations. As culpable as BP is for this, their partners in crime seem more and more to be the Administration, which appears to take its marching orders, even on environmental disasters, from environmentalists and unions. This is shocking stuff especially as the White House is looking to break more contract law and dictate the actions of an independent business. I don’t know if BP is going to fold on the dividend; if there is a hint they couldn’t pay for the clean up they should.“

I am no more satisfied with the GOP than I am with the Democrats.  I actually see very little difference between the two.  I know, a lot of commentators say there is—but I don’t believe it.

With regard to the oil spill—where are the GOP Presidential hopefuls—especially with the new information that Mr. Payne has just brought to light?  Bobby Jindal is out there everyday.  He has a job to do—and he is doing it.

But where is his backup?  Where is Sarah Palin walking the beaches everyday?  Where is Newt and his daily support for the people of this region.  Where is Mitt Romney, when he should be in the areas directly affected, getting dirty, helping clean up the contaminated shores of the Gulf?

THE Oil Spill has become even WORSE as I write.  Scientific reports now say all the previous predictions of the flow were wrong from the beginning.  In other words, another conjured up lie.  As Gomer Pyle used to say, “Surprise, surprise!”

But where are the GOP “Leaders?”  Where is Joe Wilson when we really need him?

They are sitting back, waiting to see what will happen.  They are not leading on this front.  And THAT is an unmitigated disaster.  It is NO LONGER a political concern—if it ever was one.

It is a National Health, Environmental Safety and National Security concern.

And, as usual, the GOP is blowing it by being nowhere even remotely involved.  Shame on them.

I reiterate my previous prediction:  The GOP will NOT win either the House nor the Senate in 2010.  They simply do not have the testicles a mouse was born with to get the job done.

Until we have LEADERS that are capable of leading—and not afraid of sticking their necks out—we will continue to muddle ourselves into Third World Status.  And if you don’t think this is possible—then I suggest you reread your history.

As Nero fiddled . . .

Until next time, keep thinking positive!

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I was waiting for the jobs report to come out before writing this newsletter.  In all honesty, I thought this would be how it turned out, but a lot of readers are getting a little perturbed at my predicting events – and then having most of them turn out to be true.

Seems some people get angry if you are right too much of the time.

Also, a lot of readers tend to think that I am anti-Obama at all costs.  Nothing could be further from the actual fact – but people do read into things.

If Obama does well – the country does well. It is as simple as that.

But President Obama is not doing well – not by a long shot.  Yet the power of his oratory skills and his persuasive eloquence is still enticing those who allow themselves to fall under his “spell.”

I have maintained, for a long time, that our country is in bad shape – but not because I am a “doom and gloom” type of guy.  I just happen to see what is really going on.

As for the economy – it is not good at all – if you take a look at the actual NUMBERS.

But, instead of boring you any longer, I took a direct copy off of the Internet this morning and have pasted it for publication. See if you can understand what these numbers really mean:

By JEANNINE AVERSA, AP Economics Writer – 23 mins ago

WASHINGTON – Job creation by private companies grew at the slowest pace since the start of the year, as a wave of census hiring lifted payrolls by 431,000 in May. The unemployment rate dipped to 9.7 percent as people gave up searching for work.

The Labor Department’s new employment snapshot released Friday suggested that outside of the burst of hiring of temporary census workers by the federal government many private employers are wary of bulking up their work forces.

That indicates the economic recovery may not bring relief fast enough for millions of Americans who are unemployed.

Virtually all the job creation in May came from the hiring of 411,000 census workers. Such hiring peaked in May and will begin tailing off in June.

By contrast, hiring by private employers, the backbone of the economy, slowed sharply. They added just 41,000 jobs, down from 218,000 in April and the fewest since January.

The first thing that caught my eye was 411,000 CENSUS WORKERS.  These are TEMPORARY JOBS.  Minus these “jobs” and you have “added just 41,000 jobs” this time around.

Does this not blow your mind?  It sure woke me up.

Yet, President Obama is on “tour” speaking this morning on TV about how the hiring is going fairly well.

If you tell a lie long enough – people will begin to believe it.  And the group he was talking to was applauding!

Think for a moment if the government had not “hired” these temporary workers.  We would have added only 41,000 new jobs in the private sector.  That is an unmitigated economic disaster.

Also bear in mind, for every Federal Government Employee that is hired – our taxes must pay for that person.  That means not only salary but also healthcare benefits as well.  WE THE PEOPLE pay for every person hired by the government.  And don’t forget about the new 16,000 IRS employees that are going to get hired to enforce the compliance of the mandatory healthcare provisions in 2014.  Many people have already forgotten about this debacle.

But Obama is still talking – and the people are clapping their hands – for now.

How long this economic charade is going to continue is anybody’s guess.

As a side-note on administrative lying.  The CPI (Consumer Price Index) is one of the biggest, re-occurring frauds perpetuated on WE THE PEOPLE.  It does NOT accurately track inflation.  It does NOT include FOOD or ENERGY – two of the biggest outlays for every family in America.  The CPI is actually MUCH LOWER than what actual inflation really is.

And remember, the CPI numbers are used to determine how much to raise Social Security benefits.

And further remember, Social Security benefit increases have been “postponed” for the next TWO YEARS.

Those of you who voted for Obama were voting for change – and change is what you are going to get.

HOW DO YOU FIND OUT ALL THIS STUFF?

I have long been asked by readers, “Where do you get your information?”

So, I have come up with at least a partial list of references for the readers to copy and refer to as time permits.  Some people like to keep their sources of information “close to their chest” and appear to be “smart.”  I want to get people more informed – and more involved.  Hoarding information is not the way to do that.

There is a reason for me to do this at this time.  I have in mind a new approach with regard the THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.  But first, the list of some of my main sources:

STRATFOR – GLOBAL INTELLIGENCE:  http://www.stratfor.com

THE ECONOMIST MAGAZINE:  http://www.economist.com

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL:  http://online.wsj.com

THE INVESTORS BUSINESS DAILY:  http://www.investors.com

THE NEW YORK TIMES:  http://www.nytimes.com

THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR:  http://www.csmonitor.com (Do not be misled by the title of this newspaper.  It is NOT a Christian newspaper – and is one of the best sources of news today.)

BBC NEWS:  http://news.bbc.co.uk

THE FINANCIAL TIMES:  http://www.ft.com/home/us

THE SOUTH CHINA MORNING POST:  http://www.scmp.com/portal/site/SCMP/

THE JAPAN TIMES:  http://www.japantimes.co.jp

THE EPOCH TIMES:  http://www.theepochtimes.com

WSTREET MARKET COMMENTARY:  This is a very informative e-mail newsletter put out by Charles Payne, noted economist and Fox News contributor.  To get on his free mailing list send an e-mail to:  commentary@wstreet.com

CLG NEWS:  This is another informative e-mail newsletter and can be obtianed by sending an e-mail to: clg_news@legitgov.org

I must also give credit to you, the readers, for supplying me with untold amounts of information.  I thank you all again for doing that.  Please feel free to help keep me informed and up to date as you come across new sources of information.

The above references are enough to get you started on your own research to better understand what is actually going on in the “outside world.”

Please note that I did not reference any “news” magazines here in America.  Most are simply worthless.  Also, I did not put down any talk shows – either left or right – but I do suggest that you listen to both sides of the political spectrum on radio and TV.  This includes not only FOX News, but MSNBC, CNN, CNBC NEWS, Bloomberg Financial News, Mad Money, Anderson Cooper, Chris Matthews and Rachael Maddow, Charlie Rose, 60 minutes, BBC and PBS News.

“It is best to know your enemy better than your friend.” Sun-Tsu

You cannot make good, sound political judgements without hearing both sides.  It is simply impossible.

And please don’t be so arrogant and stupid to think that you already possess “all the answers.”  You don’t.  And neither do I, thus I try to read and understand as much as I can.

Which brings me to my final point of this AMERICAN TELEGRAPH edition.

A NEW SLANT TO THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

The original intent of this publication was to offer a free venue to those Americans – and actually anybody else – who feels that they don’t have a meaningful voice of their own.

I was hoping to get more involved thoughts and ideas persented in an open forum and then let the discussions take their own course.

My mistake.  For the most part, people who write to the blog have been good at what they are doing.  But recently  I have noticed a trend to the downside in comments and ideas – not to mention the bad grammar and atrocious spelling.

It seems that many more people are just writing to “vent” their anger and little else.  It serves no useful purpose and, quite frankly, is somewhat boring.  We can get that kind of crap just by watching the TV or listening to certain radio commentators.

So, in the spirit of social education – and as a continuing community soundboard – I would like to make a few suggestions.

If you REALLY want to know what is going on, and have a sincere desire to help make this a better America – and World – in which to live, please consider doing the following from now on with reference to THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH BLOG:

Start to read the publications that I have referred to above.

See if you have better ideas or solutions to the current problems at hand.

Sit down and write thought-provoking blog comments with IDEAS and SUGGESTIONS as to how to FIX the problems.

Please don’t waste your time – and mine – by writing nothing but sour grapes.  It really does not further the conversation one iota.  In the process you will find out how really difficult it is to come up with concrete ideas that have actual value attached to them.  It is not easy.

You might notice that I have refrained from entering into the blog comments – even when I have been asked specific questions.

I do not intend for this blog to be a “pissing contest.”  A certain newscaster from FOX NEWS got caught into that trap and is still paying for it.

THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH is for you, the reader.  I put forth my ideas and comments – and you can counter with other opinions.

I do not edit for spelling or content.  However, there have been a few “contributions” that have been of a purely racist nature and were deleted.  But, on the whole, what you submit will get published – as written.

THAT, is what FREE SPEECH is all about.

So let’s have a new approach to the blog.  If you have good ideas and solutions, by all means, send them in so everybody can read them – and maybe we can all learn something new.  Maybe we can even help change the national dialogue – just a little.

But if you are going to simply bitch, moan and complain – please save it for some other newsletter “comments” section.

Believe me, there are a lot of stupid people “contirbuting” a lot of junk out there.  It is the most poignant display of the dumbing down of America that I have ever seen.  Please don’t lower yourselves to that level.

Here is looking forward to robust, lively and INFORMED comments on THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH from now on.

Once again, thanks to all of those who have contributed comments in the past with concrete ideas and solutions.  All your time and effort is very much appreciated.

FOUR PREDICTIONS

Rod “Blogo” Blagojevich will be found guilty, will be sent to prison and will never come out alive.

Andrew Romanoff will be let off the hook and get away with his political chicanery.

Joe Sestak will also get off scott-free.

The reasoning goes like this.  In Chicago Style politics, if you take benefits – and then try to screw over “The Outfit” – they start to measure the size of your shoes.

Rod Blagojevich took everything he could get his hands on, and then some.  Now it is time to pay the piper.  Remember what happened to the Kennedys when they went against the Mob.  The Outfit’s favorite method of disposal is airplane crashes – but they can, in reality, pull anything off.  Once in prison, Blago is dead.  And to top it all off, the Mob simply doesn’t like him.

Andrew Romonoff and Joe Sestak – no matter how much ranting and raving the GOP does – will get off with no penalty whatsoever.  Remember, the idea of Chicago Style politics is to divert attention from the problems – with other problems.  The Chaos Theory is working to a “T” right now for President Obama.  And also, please bear in mind, that neither Romonoff nor Sestak have been “in your face” like Blagojevich has been.  They are trying to weasel their way back into the good graces of the Chicago President.  They both will walk.

This last prediction hurts me to call, but it now looks very apparent that we are headed toward a double-dip recession.  I hope I am totally wrong on this, but the current Administration simply does not get it.

Private enterprise is the engine of a capitalistic society.  The Government does NOT run businesses.  Its main function is to regulate the industries so there is a relatively “level playing field.”  They even blew that when they failed to regulate the banks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

The Federal Government is now the biggest employer in the Nation – and again, WE THE PEOPLE, are going to be forced to pay for its continued financial ineptness.

The market is now down over 330 points.

If the Obama Administration does not extend the Bush tax cuts indefinitely – then we are in very serious trouble for years to come.

I doubt if Obama could blame Bush for that one.

SUNDAY JUNE 6, 1945

This Sunday we celebrate D-Day in Europe.  Again, I salute all those brave men and women who fought in World War Two. May their memory never be forgotten – for without their love of country and devotion to duty – we would not be where we are today – STILL the greatest country on the face of the earth.

Thanks to those courageous people the World still has an American Dream.

That is it for now.

Best wishes and keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Before I begin, I just wanted to say thank you very much to all the readers who have contributed their thoughts and ideas.  That is precisely the point of the AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.  A free press is of no use to the populace if it is afraid to print the truth. Every one of you are helping me to make this newsletter a success and I just wanted to say thanks – and to further encourage you not be afraid to submit your comments and ideas.  We are at approximately 4500 reader/subscribers and I am very happy to say that it is still totally free – and that is the way I intend to keep it.  With this in mind, please feel free to send THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to all your friends and relatives and encourage them to get involved.

On a final note, we are now checking the possibilities of adding cross-reference websites to other newsletters and publications.

And finally, in the future, we hope to be able to attract inexpensive advertising to help defray the expenses incurred with this publication.

Once again, thank you all very much for your time and consideration.

IN CHAOS THERE IS SECURITY

The Southern Border is in chaos.  The Northern Border is like a sieve.  The Eastern Seaboard and Western Seaboard entry points are a massive terror threat.

America is NOT secure – but the Administration is – so far.

North Korea is on the brink of war.  Chaos reigns in that region of the world.

We are at war on TWO fronts, and gradually losing both.

And now, after much consideration – and to my utter chagrin – I have to admit that our “Commander-in-Chief” actually does hold our United States Military in total disdain.

Why is President Barack Obama REFUSING to have a Memorial Day ceremony at Arlington National Cemetery?

It is beyond my comprehension why any sitting President would even consider doing such a thing – and the media is playing this down to the point of shamelessness.

But then I got to thinking about the whole situation – and Obama is precisely correct in his continuance of ruling through chaos.

When I was working on my MA in Education at San Jose State University, I met a guy named David – his real first name.

At the time he was working for a state government agency in Santa Clara County.  I was working for the City of San Jose – and hating every minute of it, while trying to finish up my degree.

I asked David how he was able to put up with working in a government organization.  Nothing is ever done correctly, money is wasted by the millions and people, in general, simply don’t care about doing a good job.

He looked at me and smiled, then imparted something on my senses that I had never before considered.

“Larry,” he began.  ”The trouble with you is that you are too naive.  You want to serve your country.  I want it to serve me.”

I had dealt with him before and knew that he was a conniver but I had never realized to what degree this smooth-talking, slimebag was capable of taking it to.  So I played along and asked him to continue.

“Well, what I do is cause some sort of trouble, either with a computer program, a method of correspondence or something that has real consequences.  But I don’t let anybody in on it.  Completely secret, if you get my drift.”

He winked, then smiled as he kept talking.  ”Then I FIX the problem.”

I asked him what the point was.

“I solved the problem,” he answered.  ”And I get a reputation as a PROBLEM SOLVER.”

It hit me like a ton of bricks.  He was right.

I suddenly realized why so many good people never get promoted in the public sector.  The good ones get held back because they do an adequate  job and the “boss” doesn’t want to lose them.  The bad ones get promoted up the chain of command to get rid of them.

Everybody knew that David was a goldbrick but no one could get the goods on him.  He eventually was promoted to District Supervisor – and retired with a hefty pension.

That is a completely true story.

So let’s go back to the CHAOS THEORY at the beginning of this section.  President Obama – along with his Chicago Machine – has created the most chaotic administration in recent history.  He is starting to make Richard Nixon look like a piker.

His slow reaction to the oil spill is playing right into this scenario.  He waited until the last minute, finally BP looks like they might have a handle on things – then Obama will step in and take the credit.

Yet, Obama has waited too long – and this spill will turn out to be the worst oil spill in the history of the United States – under the Administration of President Barack Obama, a self-proclaimed Liberal environmentalist.

I know this is an outlandish statement – and I am not an expert in the oil exploration business – but it just looks like this thing is still completely out of hand.  And we have not even seen what the cleanup costs will entail – not to mention the destruction of the environment.  And Obama talks on – and on.  And now he is setting up an environmental commission?  This is completely nuts.

Obama has let the Korean situation degenerate to the boiling point – then sends Clinton, Bernake AND Geithner over to China. Suddenly, China is in play and “helps” the world economy begin to turn around.

As a side note, I have huge reservations about Clinton, Bernake and Geithner all flying together on the same aircraft – “if you get my drift.”

If things work out well, with regard to China, Obama will take credit for this action on the part of the Chinese.  If not, he will come up with more excuses as to whom to blame.

When the economy comes back, as I hope it will, Obama will take credit again.  But he will not take any bows when all of the Bush tax breaks disappear in January 2011.  After all, he will NOT be raising taxes – he is simply letting them return to their original starting point – MUCH HIGHER.

And if everything does fail – he can always blame George W. Bush.

So, President Obama, like my acquaintance above, is an apparent problem solver.  He is such a good talker that he can cast himself as the winner in every circumstance – even when he is actually the loser.

Americans love to be lied too – just so long as the liar is a good one.

The shouted comment, “YOU LIE!” has a recurring, prophetic ring to it.

And then there are those who are starting to question if the whole financial meltdown was not just another conjured up chaotic charade.

Please bear in mind – you cannot be a problem solver, if you have no problems to solve – thus the reason for chaos.

THE ARIZONA/MEXICO BORDER

One of my closest friends, who has been through very exacting training with regard to national security, told me about what is really happening on the border.

According to him, Mexican gangs are being trained by ex-convicts AND ex-Military personnel, for illegal activities in the United States.  These include illicit drugs, human trafficking and contract hits, just to name a few.  He also went into some detail about the training of potential terrorist by these same groups of individuals.

I have no reason to doubt him.  As I said before, he has been trained in counter-terrorism, and is of the opinion that the borders are left unguarded for a specific reason:  More chaos down the road.

However, I honestly had a hard time believing this concept.  But seeing is believing.  Click on the link below, if you want to be informed as to what is REALLY going on:

http://www.globalincidentmap.com/map.php

Notice how much activity there is in the United States – let alone the World.  Only Japan seems to be unaffected.

Ironically, Japan has one of the most stringent immigration policies in the world.

I want my friend to tell you what else is happening.  This is a direct quote from the e-mail that he sent me.  I think you will be shocked.  I was.

In his own words:

“The cartels are highly trained by terriorist groups.  There is a gang in San Diego that was trained by Middle East terrorists.  They were taken down to Mexico to a secret location where they received their training.  American gangs are being trained by former military personnel that train the gang bangers on military tactics.  In fact, gangs have encouraged their members to join the military in order to acquire these skills.  I’ve been given some very confidential training on these and other issues.  Some of the training I’ve received has been troubling and most people would be amazed with the information that is given to us.  It is very much like watching movies with doomsday topics.

My training proved to me that there is more than one agenda in our country – no matter who is in power.  One agenda is the mythical concept of true patriotism and love of our country and what is best for all people.  The other agenda is the reality that very little of the first agenda is important to those in power.  It is designed to tie one hand behind the back of any department that can do something to remedy things that are wrong in our society.  This, I feel, is a source of frustration to various law enforcement agencies – which leaves them, and the military, feeling totally impotent.”

If that does not scare you, then I might as well give up right now.

For the record, everything that he showed me, and forwarded to me, can be found on the open Internet, and he divulged no classified information whatsoever.  In essence, what he told me simply verified other research that I have done on this subject.

With that said, let’s try to remember what Obama did to “secure” the borders in Arizona.  He sent 1,200 National Guard troops to patrol a border that stretches as far as the eye can see.  It is an impossible task to say the least.

Does the image of Pancho Villa come to mind?  Are WE THE PEOPLE suppose to believe that this is going to help anything?

My next question is – what do we do when we start to see BODY BAGS coming home from our own border?  I honestly wonder if the Media will even cover such an event.

Senators McCain and Kyl asked for 6,000 troops – Obama gave less than a third of that request.

The FIELD COMMANDERS in Afghanistan asked for many more troops than Obama actually gave them – after “contemplating his decision” for many months.

And at this very moment, our “Commander-in-Chief” is speaking on TV, presenting himself in a glowing light – with the government controlled Media sucking it all up.

In a previous newsletter I predicted that the Republicans would  be painted as racists. That has come to pass, even more so than I had anticipated.  Remember, racism is the trump card that always inflames the “masses” the most here in America.

I also predicted that the economy would get “better” with the help of favorable Media coverage, and that Obama and the Democrats would take full credit for this – and point the finger at the Republicans for not going along with the “stimulus package” in the first place.

The idea of divide and conquer is in full swing.  Don’t be fooled by this age-old tactic.

Be forewarned, America.  This is NOT happening by chance.  This is CHAOS THEORY taken to a higher level.

MEMORIAL DAY – A COMMENT RELATING TO ALL AMERICANS

Recently, I have encountered a number of Veterans who tend to feel somewhat embarrassed that they never served in a combat theater.  They make excuses for serving when “there was no war going on” or being “Stateside during Vietnam.”

As a Vietnam Veteran, let me assure those of you who feel this way that you are wrong.  You SERVED – and that is all that counts.  You did your DUTY to your country – and you have ABSOLUTELY NOTHING to be embarrassed or ashamed about.

I salute you, as I salute all United States Veterans who have served honorably.

But I would also like to say that there are a tremendous amount of people who never served – who now feel somewhat guilty about not being in the military at some point in their lives.

You should not feel ashamed.  It simply was not meant to be.  I only ask that you pay respect to those of us who did serve.  That is quite enough for me.  If you are thankful for what ALL Veterans have done for this great country of ours – then we did not serve in vain.

On this upcoming Memorial Day Weekend – I salute ALL VETERANS – and all those now serving with honor and dignity.

And a special salute to all the FAMILIES that are sacrificing in this desperate and troubling time.  Without your love, support and devotion to duty – we simply would no longer be free.

AND AN EXTRA SPECIAL TRIBUTE

As reported in the Los Angeles Times:

“Retired Navy officer John Finn, who received the Medal of Honor for his bravery during the Japanese attack on military installations in Hawaii that plunged the United States into World War II, died Thursday at the Veterans Home of California in Chula Vista.

At 100, Finn was the oldest surviving recipient of the nation’s highest medal for valor and the only recipient still alive among those who received the medal for actions during the attack of Dec. 7, 1941.”

Happy Memorial Day.  We owe a debt of gratitude to that GREAT generation – one that we can never repay.

Until next time.  Keep thinking positive – and don’t forget to vote for REAL CHANGE in November!

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

In the last few days I have had some meetings with friends and neighbors and, as always, the subject of politics came up.

And the winds that are blowing are chilling, to say the least.

A few people actually asked how I could tell that the tide would slowly turn, almost a month ago, when I predicted that NEITHER the House nor the Senate would fall to the GOP.

The problem with the Republicans is that they are not smart.  They are playing the DUMB game – and are very good at it.

By dumb, I mean not ONE GOP candidate for President has stepped forward with a strong platform – and has written it out.  Thus, the Republicans look like they are rudderless – and that is exactly what they are.

Some think it is too early.  Hey, folks.  The Presidential Election of 2012 is right around the corner.

The REAL Leaders should already be up and RUNNING.  But, as usual, they dither – and wait – because they don’t have the backbone that they once had.

They are afraid of not winning enough support.

They are afraid of coming out “too early.”

They are afraid of “offending” others in the GOP.

But one thing they all have in common is that THEY ARE SCARED to lead when true leadership is demanded.

As the Republicans play games with the public, the Democrats are slowly – as I predicted – clawing their way back into favor with the general public.

And the GOP will shake their heads in disillusionment at their defeat in 2010, and beyond.

THE MEDIA BAIT – HOOK, LINE AND . . .

I am sick and tired of hearing “talking heads” whine about bias in the media. They sound like little children.  Everybody KNOWS there is bias.  Grow up and take charge.

As I sadly said in a prior newsletter, the Media is going to play the GOP as RACISTS and RIGHT WING CHRISTIAN BIBLE THUMPERS.

And the dumb Republicans have taken the bait – hook, line and stinker.

Instead of ignoring the taunts, the GOP – along with Glenn Beck and others – have played it so hard that it is now getting boring.  And people are starting to turn away.

The Conservative commentators have fallen victim to their own “personalities.”

Yes, the Liberal commentators do the same thing – so where is the difference?

When was the last time you heard of a body count in the Middle East?  We are still at war, aren’t we?

How about the attempted bailout of Europe with the $785 BILLION that “disappeared” in October of 2008?

What about our abandonment of Israel?  How is Iran doing these days, too?

But the “Conservative” Commentators will spend countless hours, following each other, many times REPEATING the same story on a different “show.”

ARIZONA and CHRISTIANITY.  This is all they are hitting on.  That, and an occasional mention of ABORTION.

“The Republicans are racist!”

“The Republicans are Right-wing Wackos!”

And the Democrats are gleefully rubbing their hands in unified delight.

2010 – THE COMING DISAPPOINTMENT

The GOP is wasting precious time.  And the man – or woman – who wants to be the next Presidential candidate would do well to step up NOW – and LEAD.

Some of my friends and colleagues have urged me to put forward five suggestions that a GOP Presidential candidate should consider.

So without wasting any more time here they are:

1.  A STRONG National Security.  The Presidential candidate should PROMISE to secure the borders – NORTH, SOUTH, EAST AND WEST – with THE NATIONAL GUARD and COAST GUARD – the day after taking office.  To hell with what the so-called International Community says or thinks.  This is America.  Act like it.

2.  The total and complete disposal of the recently passed Obamacare Package.

Remember this monstrosity?  Many have ALREADY forgotten this mess. Repeal it in total.  And make a plea that every LEGAL citizen be granted the same medical and dental coverage that every Congressman and Senator are now entitled to.

The time, money and paperwork that this ONE move would save would be astronomical compared with what we have in the recently passed “healthcare” bill.

And make this healthcare available NOW.

If the Health Insurance Lobby doesn’t like it – then they can go to hell.

3.  Total and Complete abolishment of the IRS – and replace it with a FAIR TAX – of 10% on all goods – including food – to be immediately implemented.  But this 10% tax is ONLY to be put into force IF the IRS is totally done away with – and all other taxes associated with the Federal Government abolished.  This 10% tax will NOT interfere with individual State taxes in anyway whatsoever.

4.  Get rid of the Department of Education and give total responsibility back to the Individual States.  Also, give the power and responsibility back to the parents, the teachers and the students themselves.

If the Teachers’ Unions don’t like it – to hell with them, too.

5.  Make both the House and the Senate term limited:

Two four-year terms.  After a member has served his two terms — then that member is entitled to eight years of retirement pay — and then nothing after that.  If he or she only serves one term, then that person is only entitled to four years retirement, then nothing after that.

No more lifetime retirement plans. This is to include medical and dental coverage as well.

If term limits are good enough for the President – then they are good enough for Congress.

And quite frankly, if a Presidential Candidate would propose this same “retirement plan” for the President, he would be a shoo-in.  Right now we are paying for two Bushes, one Carter and one Clinton – for the rest of their lives – EVERYTHING.  Imagine how much money we could save if all Congressmen, Senators and Presidents were held to such a standard!

These would be the five “issues” that I would hit on – and keep hitting on, until WE THE PEOPLE start to wake up.  And after they start to get the message, I would target the Federal Reserve with all my might.

BUT NO GOP PRESIDENTIAL CANDIDATE HAS THE COURAGE TO EVEN THINK ABOUT SUCH “OUTRAGEOUS” IDEAS.

So we will continue to talk about Arizona and the 10 Commandments ad nauseam.

PREDICTION:  If Republican Presidential candidates who are “waiting” don’t act now, then they will lose in 2010 AND 2012.  If there are any REAL LEADERS out there then they should start to lead NOW – before the battle lines are drawn.  I am sad to say this will NOT happen.

The Republican Party is controlled by idiots too afraid of “losing” rather than being totally committed to LEADING!

ONE FINAL POINT

There are some “readers” that have stated that I am just thinking along party lines.

Nothing could be further from the real problem at hand.  If Obama was a Republican – and pulling the kind of crap that he and his “Outfit” is trying to get away with – I would be encouraging the DEMOCRATS to lead us to victory in 2010 and 1012.

The ONLY reason I am trying to motivate the dumb Republicans to get off their collective asses and LEAD – is because they are the only other party we have to look to.

The Old Republican Party is just as much to blame for the position we are in today as are the OLD Democrats.

I would love nothing more than to see a NEW THIRD PARTY in this country, to wake up the entrenched politicians that are screwing us all to death.

But a THIRD PARTY, at this juncture, is suicidal for the United States.  We are extremely close to losing our Country forever – if we do not take back America in 2010 AND onward into 2012.

Sad to say, but the GOP is our only “Hope.”

If they win back solid numbers in 2010 and then go on to win the Presidency in 2012 — and then BLOW IT AGAIN — I will be the first one to call for a UNITED THIRD PARTY to get rid of the bastards once and for all.

But this is NOT the time for a THIRD PARTY REVOLUTION.

Not yet, anyway.

Until next time, best wishes and keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

As was stated in my last AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, I was very hesitant on writing it, for fear of sounding like a lunatic.  Well, apparently, it struck a nerve.  I have never gotten so many replies, in the form of both blog comments and especially private e-mails, since I have been publishing this newsletter.

I want to thank everyone who took the time and effort to add their comments and ideas.  As you can see by reading the blog comments, some people vehemently disagree with my thoughts and ideas.  That is fine.  And as long as readers reply in good taste, their comments will be printed as submitted.

They call it free speech.

GREECE – A PRELUDE TO AMERICA?

If you are not watching the developments that are currently taking place in Greece, Spain, Portugal, Elections in the UK today, and Germany over the weekend, then you are not keeping up with what is in store for America – if we continue to go down the path that we are headed.

Europe is broke.  The Euro is on the verge of total collapse.  The countries are starting to pull apart.  And the people are genuinely pissed.

As I write, there is rioting in Athens, blood in the streets.

THIS is the essence of Socialism – playing out right in front of our faces.  We had better start to look – and listen to what is REALLY going on in the world.

Somebody has got to foot the bill.  So let’s set up a scenario and see where it takes us.

Obama and his Group of One World Thinkers (an oxymoron if there ever was one) wish for the USA to become part of the NEW WORLD ORDER.

I prefer to call it the NEW WORLD DIS-ORDER.

Take a look at Germany.  It has the strongest economy in Europe – so they are now being called upon to bail out the rest of the “European Community.”  I know, they are only talking about Greece now.   But other countries are lining up at the SOCIALIST TROUGH to get their “fair share.”

Germany has been put into a very tough position.  The German people work hard, have a longer working period before they retire (65, as compared to Greece, 55) and are, in general, good with their money.

So, who gets to bail out the rest of Europe?  The richest country, Germany.

Now, take a giant leap forward and consider the following:

Obama pushes the USA into a “Union” with the “European Union” so as to be “equal” with the rest of the world – and on the same economic and JUDICIAL  footing to boot.

If America was forced into this kind of relationship, what country do you suppose would be MANDATED to pay for the rest of Europe – if not the entire WORLD?

The Answer:  The United States of America.

After all, we should “share our wealth” with others.  We should give away our money to those “who are less fortunate” and so on and so forth.

If this insanity is not stopped in November – then WE THE PEOPLE are going to have to dig deep – and keep digging for the rest of our lives – and  the lives of future generations that will follow.

SOCIALISM ONLY WORKS FOR THOSE WHO DON’T

History has proven that Socialism does not work.  Look at Cuba.  The USSR. Argentina.  I know Socialism and Communism are different, but for the sake of argument lets just “pretend” they are both the same.

There will always be those who are very willing to spend other people’s money.  That is human nature.  But once those who work run out of money, then who is going to be left holding the empty bag?

Once all the people with money LEAVE, then what happens to those still behind?  They degenerate into poverty, which takes decades to get out of, if they ever can.

Cuba is a total shambles.

Greece is sunk.

Spain is going down fast.

And what about the rest of Europe – and Asia?

China is the big question mark here.  And, as I predicted in CHINA HOUSE, over two years ago, China is going down.  And when it happens, the world will spin completely out of control.

A little case history should be noted:

In 1949, when China finally became a Communist government (The PEOPLE’S Republic of China) many Chinese fled to Taiwan (the Republic of China).

The people of Taiwan built that country into an economic powerhouse – NOT through Socialism or Communism, but through Capitalism.

Yes, is was run by the military for years – but the people triumphed – and they live eons ahead of their counterparts in Mainland China.

On the other hand, the People’s Republic of China went through one cataclysmic change after another, two Leaps BACKWARDS, the Tiananmen Square Massacre, Tibet uprisings, and a host of other Communist setbacks, not to mention rampant crime and government corruption – and STILL have over ONE BILLION “PEOPLE” living at, or below, the poverty line.

Are we all blind to LIVING HISTORY?  Can we not see what is going on at this very moment in time?  Are we all that naive, stupid and incipiently incompetent?  Or do we just not care?

2010 – PARAMOUNT TO AMERICA’S FUTURE

I have warned about this before but I am forced to say it again.

If the Republican Party allows itself to be dragged down by the rabid Evangelical Element, forcing their brand of “Christianity” and “Family Values” down the throats of more moderate “People” then they are doomed, and so is America.

If the Republican Party nominates Romney, Palin, Huckabee, or Newt Gingrich, we are sunk.  And I mean SUNK.

If that actually does happen – the REPUBLICANS ARE TO BLAME.

And the credit goes to the Democrats for seizing upon the opportunity.

Sadly to say, I can already see this starting to happen.  The Republican Party is INFESTED with these types of people, who will stop at nothing to further their bent interpretation of the Bible.

The Evangelical Element is incapable of anything but radical “Christianity.”

And just one more point for the record.  I am a Baptized Catholic – and Confirmed Catholic – yet I choose to keep my faith personal – and to myself.

I do not force my religious concepts or ideas down anybody’s throat.  I do not adhere to the stupidity of an Evangelical LITMUS TEST.

And this is in COMPLETE COMPLIANCE with our FOUNDING FATHERS.

They knew the deep divisions that ORGANIZED Religion could cause.

Please remember, Jesus was NOT a Christian.

Jesus WAS NOT the FOUNDER of the Catholic Church.  Saint Peter was.

Jesus Christ was the most vociferous opponent of organized religion.  He never said, “I am a Jew.”  He never said, “I am a Christian.”

Thus, He was crucified.  Not by the Jews.  But by the RULING POWER ELITE.  The STATUS QUO.

For how can you command an army to kill – if they believe in love and forgiveness?

TRUE Christians – wake up!  We have to stand with all Americans, least we lose our LAND forever.

Don’t be sidetracked – once again – by false “religious” prophets.

Take back America, once and for all, from those who wish to destroy the greatest country that the World has ever known.

AGAIN, IT IS UP TO – WE THE PEOPLE.  WE WILL NOT HAVE ANOTHER CHANCE.

HAPPY MOTHER’S DAY

This Sunday, May 9, 2010, is Mother’s Day.  Don’t forget to call or write to your Mother – and simply tell her thanks for being there when you needed her the most.

I still remember my Mother, 94 years old this year, taking me down in the city bus to go have my rehabilitation after my bout with childhood polio.

She always kept smiling – and telling me to think positive.  ”You’ll walk again, someday.  I guarantee it.”

Thank you, Mom.  Happy Mother’s Day.

Until next time.

Keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

“Let there be no mistake, I shall remake the world in my image, or destroy it.”

Adolph Hitler

“Princes [or anyone in a position of power] have accomplished most, who paid little heed to keeping their promises.”

Niccolo Machiavelli

“When the President does it, then it’s not illegal.”

Richard Nixon

TIME IS RUNNING OUT

In all honesty, this is the most difficult AMERICAN TELEGRAPH that, to this date, I have had to write.

For the last six months I have been hinting around the edges as to what is coming down the line – but have been loathe to actually spell it out in detail.

I feel it is now time to do so, before things actually start to fall apart.

We are into the Second Year of the Obama Administration and things do not look good.  I am not saying this as a New Republican – or as any other political partisan member.

I am saying this – as always – with America’s welfare first and foremost in mind.

According to a  number of people writing to me – sources that keep me up to date – we are entering into the “testing” or “probing” mode of the current administration.

President Obama has given off all the wrong signals – especially overseas.

His “apology tour” had the radical Muslim element dancing in the streets.

The amount of bombings and wanton killing in Iraq is on the INCREASE.

Now it looks as though President Obama, with his much-delayed decision to send more troops to Afghanistan, has caused an increased recruitment of Taliban militia. Quite frankly, the tribal leaders do not think the United States will stick by them when the going gets tough.

Reference, our running out on the Vietnamese on April 30, 1975, of which I, and a few other Vietnam Veterans, solemnly celebrated in a nearby bar a few days ago.

We deserted Vietnam – even though we had prior warning of tanks coming all the way down from Hanoi – in open field formation – decided not to wipe them out.  Vietnam could have been won – but the United States Government decided to let it fall.

Pakistan is now back into play with its nuclear arsenal in the balance.

It is now “perceived” that Obama is, in fact, anti-Israel.

According to a recent poll, 70% of America Jews that voted for Obama, would not do so again. They, too, feel betrayed.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu might be forced to deal with Iran on his own.

Another sign of immense weakness – and acute indecisiveness – on the part of the Obama Administration.

And the recent “giving away” of our defense missiles in Poland and the Czech Republic – for absolutely nothing in return – has given Putin the green light to restart his life’s ambition to rebuild Russia into its former position of world power.

The Polish and Czech Governments, in a fit of extreme chagrin, feel as though they were knifed in the back by Obama.

Then we have China holding a large amount of our sovereign debt – with Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama saying NOTHING about the continued rape and murder (verified by United Nations observers) of ALL MINORITIES in the People’s Republic of China.

A black President and a female Secretary of State – and they say NOTHING in defense of minorities.

China sees only weakness exuding out of the pores of the current American administration.

They seem to be thinking that NOW is the time to act.  America’s enemies will never have a chance like this again.

Information has just been suppressed by our media regarding the sinking of a South Korean boat by the North Koreans.  Remember, these two countries are still TECHNICALLY at war.

The reason that this information has been kept at bay, by the American press, is because Obama does not want to “antagonize” China and its relations with North Korea.

And let’s quit bellyaching about how unfair the media is toward Conservative thinking.  We all know the bias that permeates the press corps.  Ask any Vietnam Veteran still alive – they will tell you.

Please remember too, Japan and Russia are still TECHNICALLY at war.

Our unemployment rate is at 9.8% (actually 17%) and shows no sign of abating, taxes are going up on EVERYBODY – and Obama is still not taking the decisive action that is needed to deal with any of these crisis situations.  He has also decided to wait until AFTER the 2010 election to do anything about immigration.

And REAL inflation – if you count FOOD – is running at 15%, or higher.

Liberals and Libertarians who voted for Obama are now retreating in large numbers – as are Independents and many Democrats.

Obama is in a tight spot, and it is only going to get worse.

OUR BORDERS

As I mentioned in the last AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, the border incident in Arizona was a red herring of monstrous proportion.  It was designed to direct attention away from what is really about to happen.

I mentioned in a previous newsletter that RACISM and the ECONOMY would be the main focal points of the 2010 election.  I had no idea how prescient that prediction would turn out to be.

But RACISM and the ECONOMY are not the REAL problems at hand.

NATIONAL SECURITY IS – AND WILL CONTINUE TO BE AT STAKE – FOR YEARS TO COME.

The Red Herring is to make us look in a different direction.

But America:  WE ARE AT WAR – ON TWO FRONTS!  And the government controlled media IS NOT EVEN COVERING WHAT IS REALLY HAPPENING.

And the war is about to come to our own American Streets in devastating fashion.

THE COMING TERRORISM

I have to reiterate, I did not want to write this edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, but conscience propels me to do so.

I realize that, good thinking readers will conclude that I am just another conspiracy nut after all.  I assure you, I am not.

It reminds me of the man who gave a speech, warning of commercial aircraft, being used to attack the United States of America, by flying them into buildings in New York City.

The speaker was heckled and laughed out of the auditorium.

The date was September 10, 2001.

Terrorism is coming to a city or town near us all.  And it is NOT coming from outside our borders.  It is already here – within the United States of America.

What colleagues have told me sends chills up my spine.

America is on the verge of terrorist activity – all over the country.

But let’s stop here for just a moment.

This is not meant to scare anybody.  It is meant to inform, so take note and prepare yourselves.

Street bombings, car bombings and massive structural attacks are all on the way.

This is meant as a wake up call to those of you who have never been in combat before.

And believe me, we are headed for combat in the streets of America.

WHAT TO DO?

First off, if you are involved in any type of bombing – or explosion – GET DOWN.

Flying debris cuts high – stay low.

DON’T PANIC.

The first time you see a dead body it will shock you.  But do not let it immobilize you.

Move quickly to a sheltered space, stay low and keep your location bearings intact.

Remember when the Trade Towers were hit; people running in fear, not knowing where they were going. Panic was in control.  Do not let this happen to you.

Another point to remember.  If you are in a big building or hotel, the first thing to do is locate the emergency exits – and remember how to get to them.  Do this before you go into your room and unpack your baggage.

It might be a good idea to stock up on canned goods and a couple cases of bottled water – just to be safe. Throw in a couple quarts of your favorite whisky, too.

YES, I KNOW.  This all sounds completely nuts.  I am still having trouble writing this – but it has to be done.

MORE IMPORTANTLY, in case of an emergency, make sure you know where your family members are to meet.  Run drills and make sure you all understand what you are to do if the situation arises.

If you have weapons in your house, be certain everyone is proficient in their proper use – and knows where they are stored.

If you don’t have any firearms, you might want to consider purchasing some.  On this note go for either a Beretta, Glock or a Sig Sauer 9 millimeter side arm.

Also, if you buy two or three weapons, make sure they are all the same caliber, so you can interchange ammunition.

Remember that communications might be interrupted, electricity could be cut off, water in short supply.

And finally, use common sense.  Don’t panic, compose yourself and make sure of your surroundings at all times.  Get better acquainted with your neighbors.  Your life might depend on it.

Again, these are just suggestions and something to think about.  It is not a call to arms, just a cautious nod to common sense.

There is a ton of other stuff to do to get yourself prepared – but just being aware and ready to act in case of emergency – is best for right now.

I invite other readers to post “survival tactics” of their own to help everyone that might be a little concerned as to where all this is going.

I know there are a lot of Veterans who subscribe to THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, so if any of you out there would like to post additional comments and ideas, please feel free to do so. That is what this newsletter is all about.  I have just touched the surface.  A lot more information can be added.

Get involved.  Be prepared by being informed.

VIDEO SHOCKER

As always, I am indebted to readers for bringing interesting things to my attention.

I saved this VIDEO SHOCKER for the last, just to prove to everyone how vulnerable – and stupid the American Government is – when it comes to our National Security.

But don’t take my word for it.  Check out this CBS News video and then decide for yourself how secure this country really is – and how secure YOU, as an American citizen, are not.

http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=6412572n

That is it for right now.

Best wishes and keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

I wish people would, for once, see beyond their noses.

The “new” Arizona law on immigration is designed to pit, once again, Americans against each other.

Before any reader jumps to any scatter-brained conclusion – which has become a common tendency recently – I do NOT mean illegal immigrants against Americans.

I mean precisely what I said – Americans against Americans.

Whether you like it or not, there are a LOT of Americans of Hispanic decent.  They were born here, serve in our Armed Forces, work hard, raise families – and PAY TAXES.

But now, Arizona – out of very understandable desperation – has passed a law that will profile everybody that looks like he might be an “illegal immigrant.”

And the White House – nor the Congress – has any plans to intervene.  Not until the November election is history.  Then maybe they will do something – but I sincerely doubt it.

As for now, they are content to let the “masses fight among themselves.”

It is another ploy – another red herring – to divert attention away from the REAL PROBLEM.  The current administration has no intention of defending our borders.  It is that simple.

This has been in the works for over two years.  Now it has come to the forefront – and the Republicans have allowed themselves to be cast (caste?) as the backers of racial profiling – and believe me, this IS racial profiling.

We don’t need this law.  But Arizona is being FORCED, by the inaction of the Federal Government, to implement this ill-advised law as a method of last resort to stop the violence that has engulfed that beleaguered state.

It would have been much easier – and MUCH WISER – to activate the National Guard and patrol the entire border 24 hours a day, 7 days a week – as I have proposed not only in previous newsletters – but also during my Congressional Campaign way back in 2004.  I knew, if we did not protect our borders then, it would lead to something along the current lines.

But, then again, if the National Guard were deployed, the problem would be solved – and the people would then turn their pent up ire to where it should be – graft, corruption and political power-grabbing – in Washington, D.C.

PREDICTION: There will be a bevy of lawyers – all cashing in BIG TIME on our taxpayer money – to defend every case that is brought to trial.  This law will eventually be overturned – but at great cost to WE the People – and the borders will be even less protected as time passes.

THE NOOSE TIGHTENS

In the above section I made reference to political power-grabbing.

Republicans and Democrats, Libertarians and Independents, Liberals and Conservatives – are on the verge of losing what little rights we have left.  You ALL had better wake up – and wake up FAST.

First, we were told we were on the brink of disaster – and the Government seized control of the BIG BANKS.  They funded Bank of America, JP Morgan and Citibank with TAXPAYER MONEY.

Goldman Sachs demanded that Lehman Brothers fail – in return for massive amounts of campaign funds funneled to the Obama campaign.  Remember, this all happened in October of 2008.

THE PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION WAS JUST ONE MONTH LATER.

Everybody freaked out.  The masses’ REPRESENTATIVES ran like scared rabbits – and passed a “BAILOUT BILL” of almost 1 TRILLION dollars – $1,000,000,000,000.

And they did not even bother to read the bill.  This is INSANE.

More power grabbing.  The OBAMA HEALTHCARE BILL was jammed down our throats.  Cost WILL go UP.  Companies are already stopping medical coverage of their employees because paying the GOVERNMENT fine is cheaper.

But remember, Obama knows what is best for us and understands our medical needs better than we do.

But yet, he still smokes TWO PACKS of cigarettes a day – inside the White House.

“Do as I say, not as I do.”

More grabbing of power.  AIG was saved – because it is the MAIN INSURER of the GOVERNMENT CLASS OF EMPLOYEES all across the Nation.

General Motors was taken over by the Government.  Please remember, General Motors was the main supplier of war material during World War Two.  Just imagine for a moment, not being able to build your own tanks.  Are we going to order them from China?

Mind control – the government now owns THE TOTAL MECHANISM to supply student loans – all across America.

Think along government lines – and you are more apt to get a student loan.

Against any type of social takeover?  Sorry, you don’t qualify.

And now, the Government is trying to pass a financial bill that will control almost all facets of financial dealings throughout the world.

According to Blanche Lincoln, there is a 600 TRILLION DOLLAR derivatives market in the world.  Can this amount of money even be correct?  Did she “misspeak” on the amount?

After trillion – then comes QUADRILLION.  NOW we are talking really big bucks.

$1,000,000,000,000,000

Just think, if the Government could control THAT amount of money.

But there is one more CONTROLLING FACTOR that might doom all of us – and our attention is STILL focused elsewhere.

LAND

“Under all is the Land.”

This is the first sentence in the Code of Ethics and Standards of Practice of the National Association of Realtors.

A few years ago I wrote a novel entitled LAND in which a returning Vietnam Veteran had the American Dream of owning his own land in Montana, set out to fulfill that dream – and met with disastrous consequences trying to achieve that goal. Via unscrupulous land grabbers (power mongers), the protagonist of LAND was forced to defend his homestead by force of arms.

But land is not the question here, not yet anyway.

The object now in question – WATER.

Water is the source of ALL LIFE.

But don’t take my word for it.  According to the Salt Lake Tribune, Sunday edition, April 25, 2010:

“Two Utah Republicans are leading a Western Congressional Caucus charge against a clean-water bill they say would give the federal government unprecedented power over water on private land, even mud puddles.

Utah’s 1st District Rep. Rob Bishop, who heads the caucus, ripped into the America’s Commitment to Clean Water Act, which was introduced Wednesday.

Most Westerners are extremely concerned about the massive accumulation of federal power. In the past year, the federal government has taken control over our banks, cars and health care,” Bishop said in a statement from nine GOP representatives of Western states. “Now, they are seeking to gain control over every drop of water, from backyard puddles to the arid playas of the West.”

If this law is passed, it would be an unmitigated disaster the likes of which we have never before seen in this country.

The Rights of Eminent Domain is one thing.  This is where the government can condemn private property for the good of the general public at large.

For instance, the government can take your land if it decides to build a freeway through your property.  I know.  California took my father’s home not once – but twice – to construct freeways.  Still, that is all right by me – just as long as it is for the good of the general public at large.

But if this law passes – under the environmentally friendly sounding name AMERICA’S COMMITMENT TO CLEAN WATER ACT, then the Government can act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis – and CONFISCATE your LAND – simply because they could now deem standing water, mud puddles, watering holes and homemade ponds – as not meeting FEDERALLY MANDATED laws on water purity, improper water retaining structures or any other conjured up excuse.

WATER IS THE SOURCE OF ALL LIFE!

This act, if passed, has one clause that holds the entire key.  The present water protection law has the words “navigable water” which means boats and ships can navigate on these waters.

This new law seeks to expounge the all-important phrase “navigable waters” and replace it with “all waters.”

PREDICTION: If this INSANE LAND GRAB is allowed to pass – it will mean LAND WARS will break out all across America.  The last refuge of the American Citizen is his home.  Once that is gone, there is nothing left.

And this is precisely why, the current administration is diverting attention away from one of the MOST IMPORTANT pieces of legislation in our country’s history.

The American Land Grab.

Get the dumb masses fighting among themselves.

Ram through laws in the chaos of panic.  Maintain that chaos.  For in chaos, the Status Quo is secure.

Take over – and control the means of manufacturing, and finances – and CONFISCATE ALL PRIVATE WEAPONS – so the THE PEOPLE cannot defend their right to own private property.

The most physically challenged man is the one who is disarmed.

And THAT, my friends, is exactly where this administration is leading us – like timid cattle to the slaughterhouse.

Once this law is allowed to pass – WE THE PEOPLE – either take up arms to protect our land – or we lay down and die.

From that point on – WE THE PEOPLE – will have no other choice.

PAUL AKERS – CANDIDATE FOR UNITED STATES SENATE

Paul Akers is running for US Senate in Washington State against Patty Murray.

Paul was born and raised in Southern California. He graduated from Biola University in 1983 with honors, obtaining a degree in education.

Paul began his career as a craftsman building high end musical instruments for Taylor Guitars then became a public school teacher specializing in Industrial Arts. He has been a general contractor, real estate investor, entrepreneur, and inventor holding many US and international patents.

When Paul and his wife set out to buy their first home, he asked his father to loan them some money so they could buy a house in a decent neighborhood. His father said no and told Paul that he should only buy what he could afford. It’s a lesson that our current leaders have either forgotten, or never learned in the first place.

Paul is founder and President of FastCap LLC, an international product development company based in Bellingham, WA. Paul founded FastCap with his wife, Leanne, in their garage and now they launch approximately 20 new innovative products per year to thousands of distributors worldwide. As a master craftsman, gardener, and designer, Paul built his own home and most of its furniture in his spare time.

Paul has never run for public office before. As a leader with a proven track record of creating jobs and fiscal responsibility, it became clear that Paul owed it to his country to set aside his successful private life and run for the US Senate. Paul believes that our country needs new leadership that respects people and eliminates waste. These simple principles applied to the federal government will unlock the genius of the American worker.

As the next United States Senator for Washington, Paul will implement his plan to create jobs and reduce government waste: It’s called 10-3–LEAN:

10 – Cut income taxes and spending across the board by 10%. If the American citizen has to live within their means, then so should the government.

3 – Make these cuts effective for 3 consecutive years, for a total reduction of costs and taxes of approximately 27%.

LEAN – Federal agencies will adopt a lean thinking strategy, making our government the model of efficiency and competence for the rest of the world. Lean is a world-class business practice used by Ford, Boeing, Harley Davidson, and others, which focuses on eliminating waste and increasing efficiency. Lean empowers people to continuously improve everything, everyday.

This plan will reinvigorate the private sector, empower the American people, and shrink the size of government. The result: a vibrant economy that will create jobs, balance the budget, and restore the confidence of the American people in our leadership.

To find out more about Paul and how you can support his campaign to take our country back, go to www.akersforussenate.com

That is it for now.

Best wishes – and make sure you ask EVERY candidate how they stand on the so-called clean water act.  It is imperative that this bill is defeated.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Published
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Red Herring:  something that distracts attention from the real issue.

If anybody actually believes that Goldman Sachs is going to be, in any way, taken apart, destroyed or done away with, you are simply beyond common sense redemption.

Goldman Sachs is the premiere money machine of the elite status quo now running Washington.  What President Obama is doing is using his “outrage” against the biggest of the big financial firms – to gain more power over the financial arm of the United States of America.

No, I am not in favor of “unbridled capitalism.”  It should have restraints and be under certain stated rules and regulations.

But this does not mean that the government must take over the entire banking industry.  It simply means that controls should be in place to stop banks – and other institutions – from getting a free ride on the taxpayers dime.

I lived in China for one year – and believe me, NOBODY likes the TOTAL control that the Communist Chinese Government has over the banks, and the whole of society for that matter – but they have no other choice.

So, the thinking in Washington goes, if we pretend that we are mad at Goldman Sachs, then everybody will believe us and not the GOP – and we can take over yet another part of the American system of private enterprise.  Portray the GOP as being on the side of Wall Street and we can act as though we are on the side of “The People.”

But Goldman Sachs WILL NOT have a serious case brought against it.  They will come out of all this even stronger than ever.  Most of their other competition has been systematically destroyed.  Remember Lehman Brothers?

I won’t go over the immense power that this institution has.  I will only tell you that ALL the top men involved in the latest “worldwide economic crisis” had VERY deep ties with Goldman Sachs.

And if you really believe that 6% of our residential housing market underwater (in foreclosure) would bring down THE ENTIRE WORLD FINANCIAL SYSTEM – then I feel very sorry for you.

Yes, we have 10% unemployment (really more like 17%).

Yes, people are hurting.

But was this honestly the greatest economic decline since the Great Depression?

Can you really believe such a claim – with a straight face?

Well, neither does President Obama.  Nor any of the other men involved with his administration.

Does it not strike anyone as oddly coincidental that this whole “worldwide meltdown” never really happened?

If not, then what actually did happen?

We were all duped into being led to believe that only 6% of OUR HOUSING ECONOMY was going to topple the WORLD ECONOMIC ORDER.

Doesn’t that sound incredibly self-centered?  Was this not a charade of gargantuan proportions?

If it was not a pure power/money grab – then how could all the banks PAYBACK their “borrowed money” and then give their top executives BILLIONS in year-end compensations?  They did all this within MONTHS – not years – of being bailed out with our money.

How can companies SUDDENLY be reporting “stellar” earnings?  Where the hell did the “Greatest Recession” since the Great Depression go?

My answer is, we were never even close to a TOTAL WORLDWIDE MELTDOWN.

But EVERYONE is scared to death of even voicing such a proclamation – for fear of being branded one who is totally out of touch with the “true works of the world economic order.”

Well, I grant you, I do not have a Harvard (grade inflated degree), just two degrees from San Jose State University.  But my eyes and my mind show a very different picture than what we have been led to believe by those who run the mass media corporations of America.

Every time I went out to dinner – in all types of restaurants – the tables were filled with customers.

Every time I visited shopping malls people were spending money all over the place.

I see new cars everywhere I look.  Everybody I know has a HUGE flat screen TV, surround sound and tons of DVDs.  I still have two TVs – both 13 inch screens.

Where are the tent cities?  Where are the millions roaming the streets with tin cups in hand?  Where are Ma and Pa Joad?  Where is the Greatest Recession of our lifetime?

The real answer is, it wasn’t nearly as bad as we were led to believe.

Americans love to be lied to – and reward those who do it successfully.

President Obama has a very captive audience – and he knows it.

PREDICTION: Nothing will happen to Goldman Sachs – and their stock will pass $200 per share this year.

TOYOTA IS NOW PERFECT

I know, this sounds absurd.

Well, so did the sudden spate of bad reports – on the best car company in the world.

But did anybody ever wonder why this happened with such speed and targeted strategy?

GM is now owned by the Government.  And the best way to damage your number one competition is to make a concerted advertising effort against your top rival.

Have we EVER seen a Consumer Report advise AGAINST buying a car before?

The answer is NO.

What about the tons of recalls against Ford and GM in the past?  And those cars used to explode upon impact.

Remember, Ralph Nader’s book, Unsafe at Any Speed, and the “designed in” dangers of American automobiles?

There never once was a call by Consumer Report to NOT buy Fords or Chevrolets.

Now, suddenly today as I write, GM can miraculously pay back 8 BILLION dollars?  What the hell is going on?

What is happening is that GM is a government owned entity – and the government is playing Chicago politics with the rest of the world.  This is a very dangerous pattern to establish – especially when we take into consideration Russia and China.

PREDICTION: There will be no more announcements of Toyota recalls.  And there will not be ONE more report of gas pedals sticking or runaway vehicles.  And within 18 months GM will float a new IPO (Initial Public Offering) and a select few will make even more billions of dollars – again at taxpayer expense.

WE WON IN IRAQ

I was having a somewhat lively conversation with another one of our college educated “children” the other evening when he proceed to admonish me about my rising dislike – and distrust – of President Obama and his political ilk now occupying the White House.

As most readers know, I have tried to give the president the benefit of the doubt, much to the chagrin of many people who read THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

I was startled when this college graduate suddenly proclaimed, “Well at least he got us out of Iraq and won the war. Now he will get us out of Afghanistan, too.”

I took a double take, just to make sure he was not pulling my chain.  He was serious.

When I told him that we were no where near out of Iraq, he simply refused to believe me.  I told him we still have huge forces there and that we are basically stuck in Afghanistan, too, not to mention Pakistan.”

But to no avail.  The kid simply would not budge.  But what he said next made me wince at his naivete.

“Well, they are not announcing any more deaths on TV in Iraq.  You obviously don’t watch the news.”

I was stunned at his lack of information – then I had to take a step back and analyze what he just said.  And he was right!

When is the last time you have seen a “body count” on TV?  How about the names and numbers of US Forces “killed in action today?”

It seems like this was an everyday occurrence during the Bush administration – but it has mysteriously disappeared from the news these days.

But then again, President Obama did get the Nobel Prize for Peace, didn’t he?

The real essence of this small omission from the government controlled media has its own frightful implications.

How many readers are even aware that, after four years of defending a useless outpost in Afghanistan – the Korengal Outpost – in the “Valley of Death” – the US has decided to simply give up and leave.  From the beginning, setting up a base there was a horrible mistake.

Forty two Americans died there in battle and many more Afghan soldiers perished as well.  Apparently, all for naught.

What is really happening in Afghanistan is that the United States is quietly closing more and more bases – because they are not winning the battles that they should be winning.

Again, Americans – such as the college kid above – are being lied to about what is really going on in both Iraq and Afghanistan, not to mention Pakistan.

PREDICTION:  Once the America forces are out of Iraq, it will slowly return to radical Islamic rule.  And once we are finally driven out of Afghanistan, radical elements will take over again – only much quicker.  Why the haste?

The cash crop of the terrorists – Opium.

THE SALUTE

I don’t know how many readers actually watch when President Obama departs from his official helicopter.

I have observed him on numerous occasions.  When the Marine Guard attending the exit to the helicopter salutes, Obama salutes back quickly – but, as of this writing, has never once made eye contact with any Marine on guard.

Remember, this is the Commander-in-Chief of the United States of America, not even giving an eye-to-eye salute.  It is disgraceful.  It is standard military decorum to acknowledge the Marine with respect – and that means eye-contact.

PREDICTION: The more the WARS drag on – underneath President Obama and his bogus Peace Prize – the more disgruntled the military will become.  More and more soldiers who are assigned – and reassigned for a third or fourth tour of duty – are going to start to renege on their orders.  If this happens, it will send a chilling message to the whole world.

THE GOP HAS TAKEN THE BAIT – RUNNING OUT OF TIME

The GOP is rapidly running out of time.  They have taken the bait of “race baiting” and run with it.

And now, the economy is slowly coming back – not fast – but still coming back.  Another sign that the economy was not all that bad in the first place.  But that topic has already been touched upon.

And please DO NOT think that I am saying the GOP is better than the Democrats.  Party affiliation is no longer the point.

What counts now is the United States of America.

If the GOP is going to let the Democrats sucker punch them again – then they have only themselves to blame.

The Democrats are going to paint the GOP as religious kooks.  The GOP will fall for the “Abortion Issue” again (I predicted this almost a year ago) and the GOP will also trumpet “Family Values” as one of their main themes.

Just one problem.  Their words are dripping with hypocrisy – and the Democrats are going to zero in on every GOP candidate that has had an affair, divorce, out-of-wedlock child and anything else they can dig up against them.

If Sarah Palin, Mitt Romney, or Newt are put up as the front-runners then it is all over for the GOP in 2012 – and maybe forever.

If the GOP does not come up with a stated platform of smaller government, secure borders, a strong national security, reliance on natural gas (not nuclear energy), lower taxes, reduced entitlements, and strong PRIVATE enterprise – then they are destined to lose BIG TIME in the next TWO election cycles.

And if NEW people are not nominated to lead the GOP – not the old has-beens of the past – then it will be nothing short of a catastrophic political disaster.

PREDICTION: The Republicans will let the right-wing evangelical element – once again – take over the party.  The Independents, Libertarians and both moderate Democrats and Republicans will be left out in the cold, and Obama will win again in 21012 – in a landslide.

That is it for now.  Keep thinking positive – and never give up.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

A lot of readers wrote to me after I made my two latest predictions about Racism and Economic Improvement as being the big ticket items going into the November elections.  They wanted to know where I get my “inside” information and who I am talking to.

Well, in all honesty, I make it a point to have breakfast with people who can think out of the box at least once or twice a month.  I also have “casual lunches” with both Republicans and Democrats, thus getting a view from both sides as to what people are thinking.

But I had NO idea that my call on racism and the economy would be THAT much on the money – and so soon.  All we have heard about is racism and how bad the Tea Party adherents are – and now the real kicker on the front page of Newsweek proclaiming, “THE REMARKABLE TALE OF OUR ECONOMIC TURNAROUND.”

But what really caught my eye was the title of an article inside, up in the right hand corner of the magazine’s cover, that said, “HATE ON THE RIGHT.”

Please remember, I said that racism and an economic recovery would be touted by the media to its fullest extent – and they both have actually exceeded my expectations.

We still have 9.7% unemployment.  Housing foreclosures are going UP – not down.

The banking executives still took home billions in salaries and bonuses.  They all got bailed out with OUR money then gave, WE THE PEOPLE, the finger in return.

We are now saddled with debt that we can never pay off in our lifetime – let alone that of our children and grandchildren.

So where do we go from here to take back America?

BACK TO THE FUTURE-PAST

I was waiting until the so-called “leaders” of the Republican Party finished their Southern Convention before I wrote this edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

Not only am I still vomiting at the sight I witnessed on TV, I am reeling from the utter ignorance and insurmountable stupidity that came out of that conference.

I am still in awe that these imbeciles are even considering Mitt Romney, Sarah Palin or any of the other past losers.

Realizing that I am witnessing the self-destruction of a once proud and decent political party (Lincoln, TR, Goldwater and RR) I am rapidly losing ANY hope of the GOP EVER getting its act together.

The Republicans are in total meltdown mode – regardless of what the FOX News talking heads are saying.  Dick Morris is completely out of touch with what is taking place right before his eyes.

If he thinks the Republicans are going to take back BOTH Houses – which he does – then he is going to be proven horrendously wrong.  The GOP will be lucky to win back one of the houses – and NEVER both houses.  It simply is not going to happen.

Slowly but surely the Republicans are being tarred and feathered by the media for being racists.

Slowly but surely the Republicans are being portrayed as “obstructionists” by the government controlled media.

And to top it all off, the media is now saying that the economy is coming back – and it is all because of the “brilliance and leadership” of the Obama Administration.

Where is the real GOP?

THE REPUBLICANS BLEW HEALTHCARE – NOW THEY WILL BLOW TAXES

The GOP has always been for lower taxes and smaller government – but NOT ONE candidate has made the one BOLD MOVE that will turn the whole country one its head.

From time to time I have been accused of just complaining and not putting forth any BOLD, concrete ideas.

Well, here are two ideas that I am now publicly advocating.  If any Republican candidate has the courage to take them up, then all is not lost.

But the backbone of the Republican Party is weak, and their moral fortitude is crumbling.

The two proposals that all Republican candidates need to make are the following:

1.  Repeal the 16th Amendment to the Constitution – thus eliminating the IRS – and replace it with a NATIONAL SALES TAX of 10% on all GOODS AND SERVICES.

That means no tax write-offs for anything.  No income tax.  No tax on capital gains.  No tax on dividends.

But, in return, there will be a NATIONAL SALES TAX of 10% on everything that you purchase.  This will include food, cars, houses and all stock transactions, just to name a few.

This NATIONAL SALES TAX is NOT to be confused with a VAT.  A VAT is a Value Added Tax – that is ON TOP OF all the taxes we now have.

The NATIONAL SALES TAX should only be implemented IF all other FEDERAL TAXES are completely eliminated.

It won’t work!

I challenge anyone to prove this point.  Walk around your house and look at all the STUFF you have.  Now add a 10% NATIONAL SALES TAX to everything that you own – inculuding your house and car – and tell me this tax will not work.

But it takes courage to put an idea like this forward – thus, my prediction is, we will be screwed with a VAT – and a lot of Republicans will go along with it.

2.  The FED should be immediately abolished.

That means, no more private manipulation of our national currency.

I know of no other country in the world that allows a private, “secret” group of individuals to authorize the printing of its currency (the mint does the actual printing – at the behest of the Federal Reserve) and then rents this money back to the United States Government at 4% interest.  They literally have a license to print money – embedded within the Constitution itself!

Thomas Jefferson was against this type of bank – and was vilified for his position.

Andrew Jackson was against this type of bank – and was almost assassinated for his stance.

Abraham Lincoln was TOTALLY against this type of banking system – and was assassinated, in part, for his hatred of a Central Bank controlled by private money lenders.

John Kennedy was also against this type of banking system – and was assassinated, in part, for his belief that this system was inherently corrupt and should be done away with.

Please name me another country that has this kind of set-up in which secret, private money speculators, control the actual overseeing of its national currency.  America is the only country, as far as I know, that allows this to happen.

Can anyone name ALL the money lenders that take part in the actual decision to PRINT the money?

Does anyone know who is really behind the proverbial curtain?  Nobody knows who the hell these people are.  Why not?

What I can tell you is this:

George Soros voted for Obama.

Bill Gates voted for Obama.

Warren Buffett voted for Obama.

All have attended secret, international monetary policy meetings – in which the general public is strictly forbidden to even view from a distance.

And I can also tell you that almost ONE TRILLION DOLLARS simply disappeared – and NOT ONE PERSON knows where it went.

Conspiracy Nut Again?  Well, you be the judge.  I have been saying this for the last 10 years – and have taken some extreme abuse from readers for this position.

Now, the Pigs have come home to roost – and WE THE PEOPLE are going to be paying for the rest of our lives.

And the only thing the GOP has to offer is Romney, Palin and Newt?

WHAT TO DO AT THIS POINT

There will be Tea Party marches all over the country on Thursday, April 15th (final day to file your income taxes).  Try to attend a meeting close to your home.  Go to town meetings and DIRECTLY ask the candidates if they are in favor of abolishing the IRS.

Ask them if they are in favor of abolishing the Federal Reserve (which is NOT a Federal Government entity, but a private cabal of the richest – and most powerful men – in the world.)  Challenge the candidates to commit to abolishing the FED.

The ONLY man with the courage to speak out for this type of action is RON PAUL.

But there is just one problem.

The media has painted Ron Paul as a Conspiracy Nut – thus, it is very unlikely that he could win the GOP nomination, even though he polled first at the latest Republican conference.

And every Republican candidate should be told, in no uncertain terms, that if they vote for ANY tax increase, they will be routed from public office.  No more taxes – PERIOD!

SORRY, BUT I TOLD YOU SO – AGAIN

It is common knowledge that if a person sticks his neck out and makes predictions – people will only remember the ones he got wrong.  No mention will be made of the many that were called right.

A number of months back, I predicted that one of Obama’s main motives – and that of the Liberal Left – is to gain control of the United States Supreme Court.

President Obama – under the stealth direction of the “Outfit” – has been moving in this direction with deft aplomb.

He will now make his Second Appointment to the Supreme Court.

And please recall, Justice Stevens was on the dissenting side with regard to corporations being considered individuals, thus being able to contribute BILLIONS to any candidate that they can bribe, manipulate and control to do their bidding. Obama’s “dressing down” of the supreme court was mere window dressing.  Inside, he was elated that corporations could now wield even more power over WE THE PEOPLE.

Our elections are ALL about money.  And now, with corporations allowed to “donate” – please read bribe – potential candidates, the dire prediction of President Eisenhower of a MILITARY/INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX is all but complete.

And what did they call one of our greatest generals in American history?  An old fogey, a fuddy-duddy – and a conspiracy nut!

Here is something to really give some consideration:

Obama is languishing around 43%.  He has to pull things together in 2010 to survive his re-election bid in 2012.  If he keeps slipping, then he could get a challenge from within his own party.

What a political stroke of genius if Hillary Clinton were to be nominated for the vacant Supreme Court position.  Nowadays she looks absolutely MODERATE.

With one astute move, Obama could stack the Court in his favor – and eliminate the only plausible challenge to his re-election bid in 2012.  That clapping you hear is Machiavelli giving a standing ovation from his grave.

DON’T GIVE UP – BUT DON’T BE MISLED

CALL, WRITE, E-MAIL every CONSERVATIVE candidate you can.  Speak to them about NO TAX increases.  WE THE PEOPLE simply cannot afford to pay any more money.

Don’t be misled by the fact that 50% of the population does not pay taxes.  That is a ploy to get us fighting among ourselves.

Divide and conquer – this is one of the oldest military and political tactics of all time.

Don’t fall for the racist bait.  And whatever you do, don’t let race haters within your ranks go unchallenged.  If someone starts yelling racist comments – show some balls and deck the bastard.  He just might be an instigator from outside the Tea Party Movement trying to cause havoc within the ranks.

Who knows, you might end up a national hero with a time slot on FOX News.  Stranger things have happened.

Keep thinking positive.  Never give up.  And Take Back America Before It IS Too Late.

Until next time.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

The GOP is headed for an extremely big surprise in November 2010, if they think they are going to simply waltz in and take over both the Senate and House.

This simply will not happen – if the Republicans continue to pretend that they already have it in the bag.  The non-sense that Hannity and Dick Morris – along with the absurdities of the RNC – are not going to “win one for the Gipper.”

If the GOP doesn’t wake up – and wake up soon – the Republican Party could actually be out of favor for a long, long time.

By hook – and by crook – the Healthcare bill is being forced down our throats – whether we want it or not.

The Republicans had their chance to carry the banner for healthcare reform in the past – but failed miserably.  Now the Democrats have the “honor” of caring for the “People” – not the GOP.

And with all the hoopla about the economy, it IS getting better – albeit not very quickly.

The economy – and jobs – will be the next big push until November.  And if the Republicans think they can make the Obama administration look bad on this point, they are completely out of touch with reality.

The economic numbers WILL be better in November.  They will not be great – but they will be better nonetheless.  And the SPIN that the Administration – along with the national media – will make everything look good.

Americans are NOW more concerned with JOBS than anything else.

There has been almost nothing about the recently passed “healthcare” bill.  The Democrats have moved on to jobs – but the Republicans are still stuck in the mud of this most recent defeat.

When will the GOP wake up?

I have yet to see a NATIONAL AGENDA for the Republicans.  I have yet to see the GOP unite behind one candidate for President.

If we go with Mitt Romney, Sarah Palin, Newt Ginrich, Mike Huckabee or any of the other “has beens” it will be a long outing in the political wilderness indeed.

Think Scott Brown.  Think Paul Ryan.  Think Kevin McCarthy.

But whatever you do – THINK!

THE REPUBLICAN NATIONAL COMMITTEE (RNC)

I am not sure what is going on at the RNC, but whatever it is, it has to stop.

In recent weeks I have received some of the most insipid mailings from this “organization” in the form of heavy, snail mail, purporting all sorts of political whining and just plain, poorly written garbage.  No concrete ideas or workable concepts.  Just rambling, disconcerted crap.

Then came the “biggie” the other day.  Somebody came up with mailing a dollar bill in their most recent missive. Apparently this was to catch the attention of the reader.

It certainly caught mine.  I took the money – and threw away the rest of the spam mailing without reading a word.

My first thought was, if they send this mailing to one million people, doesn’t that add up to $1,000,000 – not counting labor, printing and postage?  Then, what about 10,000,000 people.

And this is suppose to be a Conservative example of how they are going to use our money?

And now we have the billing for nightclubs and who knows what else?

Are these guys really serious?  Or are they so blind that they don’t know what the hell is going on?

My solution:  Get rid of Michael Steele – and all the medium to top echelon – of this organization.  I have said Steele must go in past newsletters.

This time, a lot more should be thrown out – IMMEDIATELY.

IRAN – THE COMING

No, that is not a misprint.  The Coming.

But the coming of what?

President Obama is trying to appear to be riding a high horse on Iran – while at the same time, kicking Israel in the face.  What he has done is piss off one of our staunchest allies in the Middle East.

Or has he?

Is not this the perfect foil?  Pretend to be strong on Iran, while secretly OK-ing Netanyahu to bomb the nuclear sites in Iran.  Could this be the real plan?

I don’t know, but it would be a great way to let Israel do the dirty work, and take the heat at the same time – all the while Obama is presenting himself as unflinching on national security.

I predicted that their would be military action in Iran about three months ago – and said it would probably happen around the middle of the year.  I took some heat for that call, but I still stand by it.

THE REPUBLICANS ARE RACIST

The Republicans are the most racist, bigoted group of white people in America.

The Republicans are the most racist, bigoted group of white people in America.

Of course, this is total nonsense, but that is the way the race card is being played out now by the Democrats

Propaganda:  A conscious systematic, and organized effort designed to manipulate or influence the decisions, actions or beliefs of a large number of people in a specified direction on a controversial issue.

This definition was taken directly off the Internet, so people would know exactly what the word signifies.

Propaganda – in some for or another – has been used throughout the ages as one of the most powerful sources of mind control known to man.

When I was teaching in China, I had some of my best and brightest students vehemently deny that the Tiananmen Square Massacre ever took place.  ”That is nothing but Western propaganda,” I was scolded, index finger waving.

The other night, on FOX News, Alan Colmes stated that the reason so many Republicans (Tea Party Advocates all inclusive) hate Obama is because they “are racist.”

That’s it.  They are RACIST.  Nothing else need be said.  Quite honestly, I thought Mr. Colmes was sharper than that, but I see now that I was wrong.

Most people know the method of the BIG LIE:  Say it enough times – and weak-minded people start to believe it.

So it will be JOBS – AND RACISM – going into November.  This is a very potent combination – especially if it is repeated enough times by so-called “university” professors.

Here are a few simple questions that one should consider:

1.  How many openly Conservative professors are there on college and university campuses today?

2.  How many Military Veteran professors are there on college and university campuses today?

I have asked some of my university professor friends to check around for me but they have, so far, refused to do so.

They don’t want to “cause trouble.”

So, instead of whining about being misrepresented by the Democrats, I suggest that every time you hear someone say this kind of BIG LIE, give them a little history lesson:

As most readers know, I am not afraid to go against the PC (Politically Correct) grain.

Rather, I like to stick to statements that are PA (POLITICALLY ACCURATE).

Who was the Founding Father of the Democratic Party?  Thomas Jefferson, 3rd President of the USA – Slave Owner of more than 200 slaves.  I might add that Jefferson liked to take advantage of his women slaves for sexual gratification.

Who was the founder of the Republican Party?  Abraham Lincoln, 16th President of the USA – freed the slaves, passed the 13th and 14th Amendments, saved the Union.

The Democrats have controlled most of the “New” South since the Civil War – but those States are still some of the poorest in the country – and Americans of African Ancestry are still living, throughout many parts of the South, in abject poverty.

President Dwight Eisenhower despised racial bigotry and was responsible for the complete desegregation of America’s Military Armed Forces.  He also sent troops to uphold the ruling of the Supreme Court in 1954 (Brown v. Board of Education) making segregation illegal in schools.  Dwight Eisenhower – A Republican.

Who were the people who helped President Johnson pass his Civil Rights Agenda?  The Republicans.  The Democrats – think Robert Byrd – refused to help, so President Lyndon Johnson turned to the Republicans – and got their backing to pass this landmark legislation.

Clarence Thomas – black Associate Justice of the US Supreme Court – derided and demonized by Democrats, because he was a Republican nominee.  But the Democrats were never called racist.

Colin Luther Powell was the first black Secretary of State, serving under President George W. Bush. He was the son of Jamaican Parents (birth certificate verified), Four-star General, and a Republican.

Condoleezza Rice – first black WOMAN to hold the office of Secretary of State.  Another Republican.

I could go on but you start to get the point.

Propaganda in our colleges and universities is running rampant.  It is up to true Conservatives to educate ourselves, quit whining about being called a racist – and get the facts straight.  Then question EVERYBODY that tries to pass that racist bunk on as being the truth.

Don’t be afraid to speak out – and speak up.  What good is Freedom of Speech – if you are too scared to speak.

Get a spine, grow some huevos – and start talking.

“An honest man is never afraid of the truth.”

HAPPY EASTER TO ALL

I want to wish all readers – of all faiths – a Happy and Pleasant Easter Weekend.

But I especially want to extend a personal Happy Easter to all our men and women serving in the Armed Forces of the United States of America.  If it were not for you, the light of the American Dream would be extinguished forever.

Take care, keep thinking positive – and never give up fighting for truth, justice and the American Way.

Until next time.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Before I begin, I would like to thank the contributors to THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH Blog.  Those of you who have done so, are to be congratulated for letting your feelings and ideas be known.

It is those of you who continue to write me e-mails “in secret” that I am getting annoyed with.  If you have things to say, say them in the open forum provided.  Don’t continue to send me e-mails with nothing but whining and complaining.

Get a backbone – and exercise your “right to freedom of speech.”  I admit, it takes more courage than most people these days have – but be brave and give it a shot.  Quit being so scared because you don’t want your name in print for fear somebody will “retaliate.”  And you call yourselves Americans?

READING FOR CONTENT

A few newsletters back I wrote a column about “reading for content” in which I put up a little self-check to count the “Fs” in a given paragraph.  Only a few had the courage to admit that they could not find the six hidden “Fs” within the paragraph.  Well, there were really six.

The reason I am bringing this up, on this beautiful Monday morning, is because I have a sneaking suspicion that many readers either were too ashamed – or just simply don’t read what is really written.

In the last few days I have gotten an inordinate amount of “private” e-mails chastising me for being a died-in-the-wool, “right-wing” Republican.

Nothing could be further from the real facts of life, but that point is continually being lost on many readers – thus this short recall of history.  I apologize to those of you who are tired of hearing this – but I am starting to lose patience with people who THINK they read what I am saying – instead of what I am ACTUALLY putting into print.

First, for those of you who have no idea about my campaign of 2004 – I was FOR Healthcare reform – not against it.

I was in favor of getting rid of the INSURANCE COMPANIES ALTOGETHER – and having a direct DOCTOR/PATIENT relationship.  If people wanted to get health insurance it would be up to them.  But there was also a governmental PUBLIC OPTION in my plan.  In short, everybody would have been covered.  (Teddy Roosevelt – a Republican PROGRESSIVE – was the first to put this idea forward – not the Democrats, but that is NOT the point.)

I had NO CONCEPT of FORCING PEOPLE to buy coverage that they did not want – or need.

So, as for Healthcare – my campaign for Congress is of record.  Please READ my four planks again.

They were NATIONAL SECURITY, A FORM OF NATIONAL HEALTHCARE, INCOME TAX REFORM (EVENTUALLY ABOLISHING THE IRS) AND EDUCATION REFORM.

I was in favor of National Healthcare Reform – before it became a National Issue.

I was also in favor of Stronger National Security – in other words – allowing our National Guard to ACTUALLY PATROL OUR BORDERS.  This means night patrols, airborne drop zones, capture and interrogate all illegals – and drug smugglers.

Is there any better way to protect our borders than with our NATIONAL GUARD?

What the hell is everybody thinking?  Our National Guard should NOT be in Iraq or any other country.  It should be HERE in America – protecting We the People – like they were intended to do in the first place.

As for the IRS – is should be eventually abolished – PERIOD.

I hope I am finally getting through to those of you who are having such a hard time understanding what I am trying to say.  Maybe you need to brush up on your English studies.

And for EDUCATION – it should be left to the States – with the U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION being summarily abolished.  When our high school children place 14th in English comprehension and 24th in Math among the “more advanced nations,” there is definite need for RADICAL change.

Now for the FUN PART – that so many readers seem to miss – time and again.

I ran as a NEW REPUBLICAN.  That meant, not agreeing with the OLD REPUBLICANS.  Does that make any sense at all?

The OLD REPUBLICANS actively ran AGAINST my campaign.  They did everything in their power to defeat NEW REPUBLICAN ideas.

The OLD REPUBLICANS are the reason that we are in the shape we are in today.

OLD REPUBLICANS were so screwed up that they FORCED the rest of the country to vote for OBAMA.  It is not the DEMOCRATS’ FAULT.

It is the OLD REPUBLICANS’ FAULT.

Is that clear enough for all those who still refuse to read what is actually written?

CHANGE WE CAN NO LONGER BELIEVE IN

I have given up on President Obama.  Should have done it long ago – but I HAD to give him at least a chance to see if he really could CHANGE the system for the better.

After all, he IS our commander-in-chief, and we are still at war:  Another point which seems to be lost on the general populace.

Well, Obama has failed miserably.  But it will only get worse from here.

When given the choice of an efficient government – I vote for CHAOS.

That may sound strange – even self-defeating – but LOOK at what I just said.  Don’t IMAGINE what you THINK I said.

An efficient government is called a  TYRANNY.  That is the government that tells you what to do, where to go, how to get there – and what to eat, drink, think and say – all along the way.

It is not Communism.  It is not Socialism.  It is TOTAL-ITARIANISM.  Hundreds of millions have been murdered by tyrants – in the name of Communism, Socialism, or Fascism – but, in the end, they were murdered in the name of EFFICIENT TOTALITARIAN GOVERNMENT – TYRANNY AT ITS APEX OF POWER.

THAT Government is not – “Of the People, by the People and for the People.”

THAT Government is OF ITSELF, BY ITSELF AND FOR ITSELF.

And THAT is the direction in which America is now heading.

All Congressmen and Senators have full-time retirement pay  - FOR LIFE.

All CITY, STATE AND FEDERAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES are covered and INSURED FOR LIFE.

This means every SINGLE GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE is medically insured and covered for life – and WE THE PEOPLE pay the full brunt of their retirement.

I walked by our local fire department yesterday and looked at the cars parked in the parking lot.  None was over a few years old.  One firefighter was actually washing her car while she was on duty.

A few days ago I walked up to a city office (I live in Sacramento, Capital of California) and all the cars were bright and shiny – and again, only a few years old.

My wife and I were coming back from the airport the other day and we had to move to the side of the FREEWAY because there was a HIGHWAY PATROL ESCORT – six motorcycles and a black SWAT-looking Chevy Suburban – for three black GOVERNMENT Limousines, with tinted windows, going into town.

And what do WE THE PEOPLE get for our money?

Surly Post Office employees, lazy and incompetent government employees (there are no government workers) who do a half-assed job at best, cause trouble for large amounts of businesses and continue to raise OUR taxes for little or nothing in return.

When was the last time you were in a Post Office?  How about the Department of Motor Vehicles?  If private businesses were run like that – they would be out of customers in no time.

But GOVERNMENT ENTITIES (Businesses) get subsidy, after subsidy, after bail-out subsidy and they STILL can’t do a good job.

When was the last time you have driven on a Freeway?  The potholes are six inches deep and stretch from eight inches to a foot in diameter.

When was the last time you saw your water bill go DOWN?  Your electric bill?

How about postage stamps?  And the whole Post Office itself?  Long lines, prices always going up, over 20% of the mail lost each – and every – year.  This was recently stated by the Postmaster General himself.

So the solution?  Shorten the delivery days to five – because they are so “overworked.”

I was in a Post Office line the other day when a woman finally had had enough.  She complained that she had been waiting for 20 minutes – pointing at the clock on the wall as verification.  A few people in line started to applaud.  I whistled.

The next time I went into the Post Office – the clock was gone!  That is a TRUE story.  To this day, it has not been replaced.

The combined forces of all GOVERNMENT ENTITIES = the LARGEST DOMINATING EMPLOYER in the country.

AND THE GOVERNMENT IS STILL GETTING BIGGER

The IRS will soon be hiring 16,000 NEW EMPLOYEES.

Here in California there is a mini-scandal now brewing because so many governmental “assistants” to politicians are receiving six-figure salaries – on top of paid medical and dental insurance.

This is NOT a CONSPIRACY THEORY.  It is just the simple truth.

I remember watching Robin Hood (the one with Richard Todd playing the leading role – the truly great Robin Hood picture of all time) and hearing, as a kid, the Sheriff of Nottingham demand higher taxes – “or forfeit your belongs and all your land – in the name of the King.”

Well, folks, the Sheriff of Nottingham is back – but Robin Hood is no where to be found.

Soon, you will be getting Census takers knocking on your doors – if you did not COMPLETELY fill out your 2010 Census form.

I suggest again – fill out your name and number of inhabitants – and nothing more.  That is, if you still have the huevos to believe in the Constitution of the United States of America.

THE FOURTH ESTATE – THE MEDIA

I know, this is an old horse to beat, so I’ll make it short.

How many soldiers have died today in Iraq?  I don’t know.

How many have died in Afghanistan up to this date?  In Pakistan?  Still don’t have an answer?  That is because the Media is not reporting it.

How is GUN CONTROL legislation going in Congress?  Don’t know?  Why not?

What about AMERICAN CITIZENS wishing to send money overseas to invest – and possibly move out of America altogether?  There has just been a QUIET law passed that infringes on EVERY AMERICAN who wishes to “invest” overseas.

Didn’t hear about that one either?  Well, click on to the link below, and READ it for yourself.  Thanks goes to Sam Taliaferro, and his Panama Blog, for bringing this to my attention.

Download HIRE Act of 3-18-10

IRS TAX REFUNDS IN JEOPARDY – PASSPORTS ARE NEXT

With the implementation of 16 THOUSAND NEW IRS AGENTS – We the People are going to be even more scrutinized when it comes to our taxes – our money.

If you think these new hires are JUST going to check on people who haven’t bought forced health insurance policies (from still intact, government subsidized insurance conglomerates) then you are grossly mistaken.

These new agents will be unleashed on ALL OF US – regardless if we have the MANDATED health coverage or not.

THAT is the way the IRS – the Sheriff of Nottingham – really works.  Get ready for even more tax confiscation.

I have been told by VERY reliable sources in Washington, D. C., that this Administration is now looking at denying US Passport renewals to those who have not purchased the mandated healthcare – and also, on all people who have not filed a current income tax return – or those who are in arrears in any type of taxes whatsoever.

I have also heard that the Government is looking into ways to tax ALL AMERICANS who are working overseas by ELIMINATING the graduated tax exemption that many “expatriates” now enjoy.

Just for the record, We the People (Americans) are taxed on our income worldwide – even if not residing in The United States.  That includes ALL INCOME FROM ALL SOURCES.

As far as I know, there are only two other countries that do this – both deep within the “Third World.”

IN CLOSING

I want to try to WARN Americans – once again – that this is not a fight against Democrats or Republicans. It is a fight to the death against BIG, INFECTIOUS GOVERNMENT, running completely out of control.

There are good Democrats and good Republicans, who are against BIG Government.  And please don’t be misled into thinking, like many readers are inclined to do, that this was a “partisan” healthcare bill.

It was extremely NON-PARTISAN.  Bear in mind, that 60 Democrats voted against it.  And please don’t fall for the political rhetoric that they did it to save their jobs.  If you believe that, then you are too far gone to save.

Remember, ANY CONGRESSIONAL MEMBER who loses his job – still receives a salary of approximately $20,000 a month – all inclusive of medical and dental care – for him – and his entire family – FOR LIFE.

After being voted out of office, they take another government assignment, join a government-tied “private” company (think Goldman Sachs), or write a book and go on a nationwide tour, hitting all the talk shows along the way.

Talk about a retirement plan.  And it is all on the house – the House of, WE THE PEOPLE.

Speaking of which, how many Congressmen and Senators have lost their home to foreclosure recently?  Please send me their names and I will gladly publish them.

Support Candidates that are for smaller government, less taxes, even less spending – and a strong national security.

Forget the political party label.  Vote for real Conservatives, be they Democrat, Republican, Independent, or Libertarian – and never again be misled by empty promises of “Hope” and “Change.”

As a caveat, I still believe that the least “wasted” vote is for Conservative Republicans – but that does not mean blindly voting party line if the candidate is not a real Conservative.

There was an old story, years ago, that went something like this:

“I was told, if I voted for Goldwater, that we would surely be in a war in Vietnam.  Well, damned if they weren’t right.  I voted for Goldwater – and we got into a war in Vietnam.”

Take care and keep thinking positive.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

My call, on the so-called national healthcare bill not passing, was wrong.  I apologize for giving many readers a sense of “false hope,” as I was accused of by some people.

It was akin to drawing to an inside straight – and I lost big-time.  No excuses.  A bad call.

Like Flip Wilson so famously said, “It is easier to pass a camel through the eye of a needle, than it is to draw to an inside straight.”  How right he was.

I knew my prediction was in jeopardy when Dennis “If I don’t get a public option, I will vote against the bill” Kucinich completely folded.

I have always thought that many Libertarians were full of hot air – but I did not think Congressman Kucinich would give it all away just for a ride on Air Force One – and the promise of a Red Ryder BB gun for Christmas. My mistake.

But the biggest surprise was that of Bart “I am a pro-lifer to the core of my beliefs” Stupak, and his “pro-life” followers.

Again, I have always looked on ALL pro-lifers with a jaundice eye, yet I kept hoping against hope that the pro-life element would finally come through when they were most needed.  Again, I was wrong.

And again, my apologies for putting too much faith in the concept of honor – and human decency.

SO WHERE ARE WE NOW?

Some time ago, I wrote two newsletters alluding to a few “groups” that were trying to undermine the stature and national sovereignty of the United States of America.

I was roundly criticized as being a conspiracy wacko.

So let’s see where we now stand.

In a nutshell, the Government has:

Shut down Lehman Brothers – but kept Goldman Sachs open (Paulson, Bernake, & Co.).

Although Goldman got government bailout money, it paid it back just in time to hand its top executives 20 BILLION dollars in 2009 year-end bonus – and give the American people the finger in return.

Citi Bank is virtually owned by the US Government.  (Money and Finance)

Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac are now owned by the US Government.  (Housing/Federal Housing/Low-cost Housing)

General Motors is now owned by the US Government.  (Transportation)

AIG  - one of the biggest insurance corporations in the WORLD – is now owned by the US Government.  (Insurance)

This is extremely important to take note of.  When – not if – there is a public option, AIG will be the main recipient of ALL healthcare insurance policies – and premiums.  This is a colossal point that NOBODY is even giving an iota of attention to.  The Outfit is rubbing its hands in gleeful anticipation of this enormous windfall.  This will entail BILLIONS of dollars of forced insurance premiums.

Public Education is owned by the US Government.  (Mind manipulation).

In a recent study, 51% of high school graduates could not name the three branches of the Government – thus they don’t even have a clue as to when the Constitution is being violated.  And some students even thought that “We the People” was the beginning of the Communist Manifesto.

The Post Office is basically owned by the US Government.  (Communication)

Social Security is owned by the US Government.  (Retirement funds – Money)

Medicare and Medicaid are both owned by the US Government.  (Health and Medical Services)

And NOW we have National Healthcare that will be owned, regulated, and dictated by the US Government. (Total control of virtually the whole medical profession)

And please don’t forget, the administering of ALL Student loans will now be controlled by the US Government. (Again, mind manipulation)

And to top it all off, those who do not want to purchase Government controlled healthcare will be fined for not doing so.

And finally, 16,000 new IRS AGENTS to enforce the law by keeping track of every person that does not buy the bogus health insurance – “empowered” with the authority to take the money out of our tax refunds.

By the way, these new agents will automatically be counted in the new employee numbers when “employment” starts to “improve.”  Government employees – all.

But, then again, I guess I am just another conspiracy nut.

ADMINISTRATIVE MARTIAL LAW

What we witnessed on Sunday, when the final “vote” was taken, was nothing less than ADMINISTRATIVE MARTIAL LAW.

Yes, I know, I will be chastised again, by many readers, who think I am close to the edge of insanity.

But I have not felt this SANE in years.

And again, I was wrong about President Obama and The Outfit.

Like a stupid, naive jerk, I was bound and determined to give Obama a chance.  After all, if he did well, it would mean that America would do well, to boot.

WE THE PEOPLE ARE NOW UNDER SEIGE.  No longer will telephone calls suffice.  No longer will e-mails to your “representatives” do any good.  They simply do not listen.

On Sunday, March 21st, 2010, a day “that will live in infamy,” the fight has just begun.

Here is what I am going to do.  I offer THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to any Conservative candidate that wishes to campaign on it – free of charge.

So, if you know anybody that is running for ANY political office – no matter how big or small – please tell them that they can get coverage on this website for free.

On top of that, I am going to send a small donation to all Conservatives in California – beginning with Carly Fiorina for United States Senator and Meg Whitman for Governor.

I am researching other Conservative candidates – REGARDLESS OF PARTY – to donate money to and will make a few more choices in the near future.

Let Party affiliation no longer be your guide.  Look at what each candidate is saying – and make your choices accordingly.

I cannot afford to give very much, money wise – probably $50 to each campaign.  But if WE THE PEOPLE unite, and give whatever is appropriate to a large number of Conservative candidates, we can still change the course of this country for the better.

PLEASE, do not lose hope.

WE THE PEOPLE ,”HAVE JUST BEGUN TO FIGHT.”

WHAT NEXT?

As I alluded to in my last AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, a PRECEDENT has now been set.

One of the readers of this newsletter, who has been keeping tabs of my predictions, wrote recently to tell me that:

“As of late, your predictions have been lacking.  You blew it on McCain/Palin (and look what we got) and you now came up short on the Healthcare Bill.  The only thing you got right was Scott Brown – and a lot of good that did.  Obama, and his cronies, just side-stepped the vote of the people, and screwed us anyway!”

Those are her words, not mine.

As for my future predictions – if you care to still listen – are as follows:

Obama – with the consent of his attorney general, Eric Holder – will, sooner or later, restrict the ownership of guns – by reconciliation.

Illegal “legal” Immigration will be mandated – by reconciliation.

National Identification Cards (as they already have in the “People’s” Republic of China) will be mandated  - by reconciliation.

Cap and Trade will be mandated – by reconciliation.

Obama will appoint two more justices to the Supreme Court – by reconciliation.

If you think Sonia Sotomayor was bad, wait until you see who he is planning on nominating the next time around.

Sooner, than later, WE THE PEOPLE’S sovereignty, freedom and dignity will be completely abolished – by reconciliation.

With reference to the above stated entities already owned and controlled by the Government – we are well on the way already.

It is up to each and every INDIVIDUAL American to act now and get TOTALLY involved – NOW.

THE WORLDWIDE IMPLICATION

One aspect of this Chicago style corruption of our national sovereignty, that has not even been addressed by any of the news media, is the effect it will have on the rest of the world.

Not only has the present Administration usurped the free will of We the People, but they did it on a grand scale.

And the whole world was watching.

No longer can the United States of America tell the rest of the world how a democracy should be run.

How is America now going to tell Hugo Chavez to include members of the opposition party?  It would be laughable.

No longer can America tell Communist China to stop using child labor, to quit harvesting human organs from prisoners, or to put a halt to the forced abortions of thousands of Chinese women.  Bart Stupak, and his “pro-life” group, made sure of that.

As for America – and its stance on the 1,000,000,000 (BILLION) people who STILL live at, or under, the poverty line in China – who gives a damn.  We want our widescreen TV sets, our handheld phones and every other device you can think of.

What about the regular Chinese people who are forced to work for slave wages or go without?  Nobody even cares. And why should we care?  They are nothing but a bunch of Chinese coolies anyway.

Where is Hillary Clinton, or the Woman’s “Liberation Groups,” or the ACLU – or Obama for that matter?

Why is NOBODY in this Administration speaking out about the DAILY imprisonment – and execution – of heroic Chinese dissidents?  What in the hell is America even thinking about?

It seems that GOOGLE is one of the few companies that still has any semblance of moral fiber, when it refused to BOW to Chinese censorship pressures – and in essence gave up billions of dollars of projected earnings in the process.

Congratulations to GOOGLE for not giving in to the thugs of the Chinese Communist Party.

Who will this Administration turn its back on next?  Perhaps, Israel?

America has not only lost its moral compass – but it has now relinquished it position as the leader of the Free World.

Shame on the United States of America.

THE 2010 CENSUS

I received my 2010 Census about a week ago and filled it out – my name and the number of people who live in this house – and sent it back.

That is all you have to do – if you have what it takes to tell the Government to go to hell.  According to the Constitution, that is all that’s required.

I realize most readers will not have the courage to do this.  And that is too bad.

I have often wondered if today’s Americans would have had the stomach to take on the British in 1775 (the greatest military machine the world had ever known, up to that point in history).  I honestly don’t think we could even muster more than a few divisions to do the actual, house-to-house fighting.

That being said, I have already received TWO postcards in the mail, one stating that “Your response . . . is required by law,” and another one offering “help” in filling out the multi-page form.

If you have the courage to stand up and be “counted,” I suggest that you send in your name and number of people living in your household – and NOTHING MORE.

I will keep you posted as to the “progress” of this matter.

That is it for this issue.

Best wishes and keep thinking positive.
Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

In a nutshell, British Law is based on precedent – what has been adjudicated before in prior court cases – therefore setting a standard by which to judge future cases with similar circumstances.

Napoleonic Law is where rules and laws are set into codes – The Napoleonic Code – which in turn adjudicates legal matters with regard to stated laws and relevant punishments attached to a whole list of offenses.  In this case, precedent usually does not enter into the picture.

With regard to British Law, upon which America’s system of justice was founded, if someone was deemed to have committed a crime – but had “probable cause” or “extenuating circumstances”- and other cases beforehand were found in a similar manner, then the verdict would be handled in the same way.

Thus, we have, in America, people who literally get away with murder because of precedent setting cases that have the same situations and circumstances attached to them as things that happened before.

In Napoleonic Law, if you commit a crime, you pay the consequences, according to the Code of Law.

So what does all this mean?

The one thing that has bothered me since the beginning of this bogus “debate” on healthcare is that nobody has actually considered what this concept of “precedent” really means.

If President Obama actually does force “Reconciliation” on the whole country, with his so-called healthcare bill, it will set a dire “precedent” for such future actions.

Once the status quo template is made “workable” then everything – with a simple majority of 51 votes – could turn this county into a “Reconciliation State” run by the President himself.

If Obama can force through healthcare reconciliation – then the precedent has been set for FUTURE reconciliation measures.

Right to Bear Arms – Reconciliation.

Immigration – Reconciliation.

Education – Reconciliation

We The People – Reconciliation.

I could go on, but you start to get the picture.

So, as I have stated in previous newsletters, Obama does not give a damn about healthcare – even though he preaches on it incessantly.

What Barack Obama really is interested in, as a LAWYER, is the concept of setting LEGAL PRECEDENT – in deciding how laws are going to be implemented and put into action in the NEW AMERICA – that he so desperately wants to force upon We The People.

Yes, I am fully aware that reconciliation has been used many times before.

Yet this is the first time it has been used on such a GRAND SCALE.  And that is what is at stake here.

This “debate” has never – in president Obama’s mind – been about healthcare, per se.

It is all about POWER – UNLIMITED POWER.

Although Obama would deny this statement to the death – he lies.

He is supremely capable of convincing the “multitudes” that his only concern is the health and well-being of the people.

But with a cursory peek back into history, we see numerous “leaders” using the same ploy to mislead the citizenry – and consolidate total power into the hands of the few – to enforce it over the many.

PREDICTION – PROFILES IN COURAGE

When I predicted that Scott Brown would win in Massachusetts in November, with NO caveats whatsoever, a few friends said I was impinging the credibility of my predictions – if I lose.

But what good is a newsletter, or writer for that matter, that does not take chances – especially when those chances are “predicated” on practical research and sound assumptions?

In his famous Pulitzer Prize winning book “Profiles in Courage” President John Kennedy made reference to eight senators who, through their action and courage in the face of immense party pressure, voted with their hearts and became heros of American history.

One such man was Edmund Ross, Republican senator of Kansas, who voted for acquittal of then Democrat president Andrew Johnson, instead of impeachment.

Although six other Republicans also voted not to impeach Johnson, senator Ross’s vote was the deciding one.  Either impeach or acquit the sitting president.

Senator Ross voted to acquit – and in so doing, saved the dignity and stature of the Oval Office.

As for Senator Ross, he was vilified for his action, for the rest of his life.

It is courage like this that made the United States of America safe for future generations – and produced the greatest country on earth.

So here is a prediction that will, yet again, not be couched in any type of Dick Morris ass-et covering jargon.

With the courage and conviction that I believe our “representatives” still possess – I PREDICT THAT THE HEALTHCARE BILL WILL NOT PASS.

I know my belief in our “representatives” sounds naive, stupid and just plain dumb.

But I honestly believe that when all this power manipulation, graft and corruption has played itself out – both Houses of Congress will find it within themselves to rise up and vote against the bill.

If I am wrong, then We the People have some real trouble ahead of us.

THIRD PARTY SUICIDE

If you want four more years of president Obama – then vote for a third party presidential candidate 2012.

I guarantee that the Party will be over.

And this is the screaming hope of the Democrats as of this writing.

In my last newsletter, I castigated the Tea Party Movement as a bunch of people not really knowing what they are all about.

But what really struck me was their unabashed intent in not being “co-opted” by the GOP.

They actually want a third party candidate – to “teach the GOP a lesson they will never forget.”

The old adage, “Cut off your nose to spite your face,” comes to mind.

If anybody is insane enough to think that Obama can be defeated by a third party movement – then you are beyond any hope whatsoever.

Anyone who votes for a third party presidential candidate – will be responsible for giving Barack Obama a second term in the White House.

It is as simple as that.

SCOTT BROWN AND PAUL RYAN

If you have not been following these two men, then you should begin to get involved.

They both have the skill, integrity and courage to lead America forward to true Conservative commitments.

Neither man is constricted by certain “social values” that decimated the GOP in past elections.

They both have solid backgrounds and are working desperately to stop this Obama juggernaut of a power grab.

We do not need a third party.

What we need is a movement now – to convince Brown and Ryan to run on the same ticket in 2012.

If Obama, with his minimal experience, can be elected, then Scott Brown and Paul Ryan, with their combined and verifiable experience, can win back the Oval Office.

ANOTHER OUTLANDISH PREDICTION:  If Brown and Ryan run, with NO THIRD PARTY mucking up the works, they will win the White House IN A LANDSLIDE.

If We the People get on it NOW – it will happen.

HAPPY ST. PATRICK’S DAY TO ALL

Here is wishing All Americans a happy and safe St. Patrick’s Day.

Drive safely, don’t drink too much – and keep thinking positive.

Until next time,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Before I start, I would like to say thank you to everybody who sent their condolences with regard to my wife’s mother’s passing.  It was very kind to take the time to express your sympathies.  If I did not answer every personal e-mail, my full apologies.

These last six months have been somewhat of an ordeal, but now Akiko’s mother and father are finally reunited, and at peace, on the other side of the rainbow.

Thanks again for your kind thoughts and consideration.

DEJA VU

Last weekend I attended the first year anniversary “Tea Party” rally at the capitol building here in Sacramento.

It was raining and the turnout was disappointing – and so were the participants.

For the most part they stood and applauded as a few speakers droned on and on, then a few songs by self-styled Woody Guthrie types, after which the crowd dispersed.

I realize that there is no formal organization, nor is there really any leadership, but what I saw – and heard – really disturbed me.

Most people said that they were not going to be “co-opted” by the GOP.  They are going to “take back” their country, and on and on.

Believe me, I agree with their sentiments – to a point.

After the people began to go their separate ways, I approached one of the women who was “in charge” of the rally and introduced myself.

She was very affable, very friendly and extremely interested in talking with me.

I offered to write anything that would help the cause – for free – and she was beside herself.

Then – I made a horrible mistake.  In passing, I mentioned that I had run for Congress in Washington state, as a New Republican, but was not supported by the GOP.

She wanted to know why.

I told her that I was against abortion – but believed that a woman should be able to make the choice herself.  I also let her know that I thought homosexuals should be treated fairly – both positions that the Evangelical Element of the GOP were solidly against

Suddenly, her arms folding over her chest, eyes narrowing, she glared at me and said, “Well, we do not agree on that point!”

I was actually taken aback at how her demeanor had changed in a milli-nanosecond from cordial – to open hostility.

She them recomposed herself – or so she thought – and assured me that “social issues” were of “no concern” to the Tea Party movement, made a flimsy excuse at being busy and scurried away.

Before this social meltdown, we had exchanged contact e-mail addresses.  When I got home I sent her a message, to which she replied, “I’ll be in touch.”

I have not heard from her since.

The point of all this is, if the so-called Tea Party is stocked with this kind of narrow minded thinking, then the GOP is in real trouble.

I got the distinct impression that the Tea Party’s main intention was to run separate candidates – and “teach the Republicans” a lesson.

I agree that the Republicans need a real lesson in Conservative thinking, but a third party, at this point in time, would be a total disaster.

But beyond that fact is that this organization seems to be even more exclusive than the GOP.  I saw not one black person in the group.  A few Latinos, a smattering of Asians, but that was it.

And “family values” were out in force.

If the Tea Party, and this type of people are representative of what they think, then they are constructing a tent even smaller than that of the Republicans.

If the GOP – and true Conservatives – are going to let the “Anti-abortion, anti-homosexual crowd” take over the political dialog (like I predicted months ago would happen) then prepare yourselves for another four years of Barack Obama.

2012 IS THE REAL PRIZE – FOR PRESIDENT OBAMA

I agree that 2010 is a pivotal point with regard to taking back our country – but President Obama’s main objective is to get re-elected in 2012.  That, and apparently, nothing more.

The president has set himself up in, what I consider, a very GOOD situation with regard to the healthcare “debate.”

I know this observation is not widely held.  Many “professional pundits” are all saying the same thing: Obama has “painted himself into a corner.”

“He is not listening to the people.”

“He is tone deaf.”

When everybody is thinking the same way – no one is thinking at all.

Obama is no dummy.  If his healthcare bill fails – he will blame the Republicans for being “uncaring” and “insensitive” to the needs of “the people.”

And if the healthcare bill passes – he will take the credit for looking out for the “uninsured poor” and restating that there is “HOPE” for the future generations of America.

Either way, Obama will win the debate – regardless of what the polls say.

THE ARROGANCE OF IGNORANCE – ONCE AGAIN

Suddenly, all the “professional political observers” are coming out with books – and they are proclaiming VICTORY.

Please bear in mind, this is still just the middle of March.  The 2010 mid-term election is in November.

Most Americans don’t remember what happened last week – let alone eight months ago.

Obama is playing the healthcare card with the highest of political aplomb.

Does anyone think for a minute that Obama cares at all about healthcare?  If you do, then you are grossly mistaken.

If he really cared about healthcare, he would have included the GOP in the debate, gotten a bi-partisan bill passed, and moved on to bigger and better things – like Iraq and Afghanistan.  But neither of those wars are going well – so he is directing attention away from the wars, to the so-called healthcare debate.  And everyone has been suckered into this ploy, hook, line and sinker.

EVERY PERSON in America wants healthcare reform – so why can’t we get it?

Because, if we did get it, then the Republicans could take credit for passing healthcare legislation – along with the Democrats.

And THAT would have diminished Obama’s chances of re-election in 2012.

As it stands now, Obama takes all the credit if it passes – and the Republicans take all the blame if it doesn’t.

Why this fact is not apparent to more “professionals” is beyond me.

Give President Obama credit.  He has managed to whip the country into a frenzy about healthcare – thus avoiding ANY discussion about the TWO wars America is fighting, while at the same time ignoring the economy until it starts to pick up.

Make no mistake about it, Obama has studied other historical leaders to a “T.”

IT’S THE ECONOMY – YOU DUMB JERK!

President Obama is really counting on the economy to pull him through.  And in doing so, he has astutely kept everyone – the whole country – focused on healthcare, and not paying attention to what is really happening to our financial system.

And here is where I will stick my neck way out there – and again, disagree with the “professionals.”

Prediction:  In November – THE ECONOMY WILL BE BETTER.

And in November, with the healthcare firmly behind Obama, he can take FULL CREDIT for the economy getting better, the Democrats will also get credit – and the GOP will find itself eating huge mounds of well-baked crow.

Obama got healthcare reform AND the economy is humming right along.

And with the “family values” garbage being piously thrown around by the GOP – and if the Tea Party splits the vote in 2010 – the Democrats will be back in action, yet again, in 2010 AND 2012.

WE ARE GOING TO TAKE THE HOUSE AND THE SENATE

I simply don’t believe this to be true.  If it happens, I will be the first one to be dancing in the streets of Sacramento.

But this is NOT a foregone conclusion.

If the GOP won’t get off its high horse with regard to “social issues”- and believe me, they are STILL paramount to the base of the GOP – then we are headed for political disaster in 2012.

The GOP has made it VERY clear that they still have a LITMUS TEST that every Republican candidate must adhere to, or else they will not back that candidate.

Where have I heard that one before?

If the GOP is to regain the White House in 2012 – then they had better wake up – and WAKE UP FAST!

SCOTT BROWN FOR PRESIDENT IN 2012

Prediction:  Sarah Palin WILL NOT run for president in 2012.  If she does, Obama will win.

Prediction:  If Mitt Romney is the GOP candidate in 2012, Obama will win.

Prediction:  If Scott Brown is the GOP candidate in 2012, OBAMA WILL LOSE.

It is time – NOW – for the GOP to band together, get behind Scott Brown as their standard bearer – and set their sights on 2012 – and the re-taking of the White House.

The Democrats are already organized – and campaigning for the re-election of Barack Obama, secretly – behind closed doors.

The Democrats are only PRETENDING to be fighting among themselves.  They are laughing up their sleeves at the continued, arrogant stupidity of the Republicans.

If the economy turns around – as I think it will, contrary to all the pundits of today – then the GOP is in serious trouble come November 2012 – not to mention the mid-term elections of 2010.

As a continued public service, to any and all certified candidates running for office, I offer the AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, as a free vehicle to make a public announcement.

BERT LOFTMAN FOR CONGRESS

My name is Bert Loftman, MD.  I am a retired physician living in Pickens County and I’m  running for Georgia’s 9th District Congressional seat.

I retired from medical practice in 2005.  My wife of forty-six years and I have three children and five grandchildren.  I served as a U.S. Army physician in Vietnam. Today, I continue to serve my community with volunteer work on the environment, supporting the arts, my church and at Good Samaritan Clinic.

I worry about my patients without jobs and about the future of my family and yours.  Our original Constitution produced the most prosperous and free country that the world had ever seen.  In 1913, America unwisely took on a European banking (the Federal Reserve) and tax system (the income tax).  They are anti-saving and they weaken America and our people.  The result is a bloated, arrogant and meddling government.

I have devoted years to studying these things and I’ve concluded that to change course we must focus on three things:

• Replace the income tax with the FairTax
• Control the Federal Reserve Bank
• Honor our Constitution

The results will be job creation, health care reform and education reform.  These changes will lower taxes and give us less government.  I pledge to devote my efforts in Washington to seeing these changes implemented.

I invite you to visit my web page LoftmanForCongress.com, to see how it all fits together.

Thank you,

Bert Loftman

That is it for this issue of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

Keep thinking positive and best wishes.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

A few years ago, I read a book entitled Simplicity, by Edward De Bono.  It made a very big impact on the way I think and try to approach my inbred, cultural prejudices.  And if you think you don’t have any, think again.

Getting down to “brass tacks,” his idea was to try to make yourself think – Beyond the Boundaries.

Having said that, I tried to think what would be the best way to apply this type of thinking to the current topic of National Healthcare.

During my campaign of 2004, I ran on a platform that included reviving our healthcare system, and also trying to institute a National Healthcare program.

The cultural prejudices of many in the GOP came out in force.  I was derided as a “Socialist” a “Communist” a “Democrat” and also a “Libertarian.”  I still don’t see how I could have been all four at the same time.

“Have you ever attended a Democrat meeting?” someone wanted to know.  I answered in the affirmative.

“Do you believe in healthcare for everyone?”  Again, I said yes.

“You’re a Socialist!” yelled a “vertically challenged” individual from the rear.

And on and on it went – with the infected minds of cultural prejudice running amok.

Then, one very “gravity challenged” individual, who hadn’t missed a meal in years, blurted out, “Well, if a person can’t afford proper healthcare, then to hell with him.”  This, from one of the more avowed churchgoers in the group.

Cultural prejudice takes many forms – but none so annoying as those who play the hypocrite card – while sidling up to the Government Trough to take advantage of their own PERSONAL ENTITLEMENTS.

This happened when, at a woman’s meeting of GOP members, I questioned my main opponent as to why she was against my proposal of a National Healthcare system.

She gave the same lame excuse that she did not believe that the government was the right way to administer healthcare.

Only one problem.

She was a government employee.  And she was the recipient of one of the most generous healthcare packages in the State of Washington, provided by We the People.

I told her, if she was so against government healthcare, then she should immediately cancel her government policy, and opt for a private health insurance program.

She stuttered and stammered and got red in the face.  She could not answer the question – and tried, in vain, to change the subject.

My point is “simply” this.  If government backed healthcare is so bad – then EVERY POLITICIAN who is against it should immediately exclude themselves from their government provided health insurance and start paying for their own private care.

But NOT ONE POLITICIAN will ever go this route.  Why?  Because they have the most generous, the most efficient and cost effective MEDICAL AND DENTAL COVERAGE IN THE WORLD.

So, in “simple” terms, I wanted to take that exact same style of healthcare that prolonged Senator Kennedy’s life by removing a brain tumor – and more recently came to the IMMEDIATE RESCUE of Bill Clinton – and apply that kind of coverage to every American in the country – namely, WE THE PEOPLE.

WE ALREADY HAVE NATIONAL HEALTHCARE!

So why not just take that same “template” or “boilerplate” format and give it to WE THE PEOPLE?

What could be more simple?  What could be easier?  What could be more beneficial to the health and well-being of the American citizens?

How many American citizens, if given the choice of having THE EXACT SAME KIND of Healthcare that our Congressmen and Senators can avail themselves to, would not opt for that kind of coverage – in one second or less?

It is this kind of political gamesmanship that we have been privy to.  We have been duped into thinking that this Healthcare “issue” is hard to solve.  It IS NOT hard to solve at all.

DEMAND ACTION – NOW

I have been derided for not giving “specific action” details.

So, here is what you should do today, tomorrow and everyday until you get an answer.

1.  Use the contact sheet that I have sent out on numerous occasions and call, e-mail or write your “representatives” and ask them to explain how they are covered by the governmental health plan that EVERY political “representative” is automatically covered by.

2.  Ask them to submit a health bill that extends the EXACT SAME KIND of medical coverage to every American citizen that wants it.

I guarantee that you will NEVER get a “representative” to divulge ALL the aspects of their governmental health insurance plan – and HOW MUCH they contribute to it.

This is heavy stuff.  I was told “It is none of your business” when I questioned my congressional opponent.

On the contrary, it IS my business.  When WE THE PEOPLE pay for our representatives’ healthcare – but 40 million of us have none of our own – you damn well can be assured – it is our business.

The more complex – the more secure the Status Quo.

We have been hoodwinked, side-tracked and just plain screwed by not only liberal Democrats – but also by “conservative” Republicans – when it comes to this so-called healthcare “debate.”

They are masters at keeping us going in circles.  It has been a year now on healthcare debate – and I have a feeling that NOT ONE iota of CHANGE will come out of it.

Back to square one – with no universal healthcare.  The ONLY Industrial Country in the world not to have a National Healthcare program.

But EVERY SINGLE POLITICIAN will still have their healthcare coverage – courtesy of WE THE SHEEPLE.

JAPANESE HEALTHCARE

In closing, I would like to share a personal experience that my wife and I have been going through for the past six months.

In October of last year, my wife’s mother, a grand and classic lady, was diagnosed with terminal lung cancer.

My wife’s mother had the choice of going into a hospital or staying at home and receiving hospice care instead.

She opted for hospice program, spent her remaining days puttering around her small garden, having dinner with family and friends and celebrating her last birthday on Christmas Day 2010.

Nurses came to the house two, sometimes three, times a week.  There were usually three people, all professional in every sense of the word.

They would joke around with my mother-in-law, while taking her blood pressure and administering drugs.  I was there for two months last year, and can personally attest to the care and treatment they administered.

This went on for half a year.  The visits were always cordial, the nurses capable of handling every task with expeidence and compassion.

As my wife’s mother’s condition deteriorated, an oxygen tank was set in place, a liquid diet followed, as did higher doses of morphine.

But there was always care – professional care – of the highest quality.

Three days ago, I received a call from my wife that her mother had passed, in quiet peace and full dignity.

She is now, again with her husband of 53 years, strolling hand-in-hand, on the other side of the rainbow.

Japan has total and complete National Healthcare.

If this can happen in Japan – then why not here in America?

Our Government “representatives” along with their cohorts in the Pharmaceutical Complex are to blame.

Wake up America.  Wake up, before it is literally too late.

Here is wishing everybody a Happy Valentine’s Day and a Happy Presidents’ Day.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepigner
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

When I was a writing instructor in Japan, I had a colleague once comment that, “People read what they think they see, instead of what is actually written.”

He had a very insightful point indeed.  Most Americans tend to believe that they have all the “correct” ideas on how to fix the world, and approach certain writers, with whom they don’t agree, with a jaundice eye, if they even read them at all.

Most people who watch FOX News don’t watch MSNBC or CNN – and visa versa.  I happen to watch them all, along with a number of other international channels and publications.

Yet, it is in the human genetic makeup to listen to what you agree with – and ignore any other comments or ideas – no matter how logical they might be.

The reason I say this is because I received a lot of private e-mails regarding my comment about Sarah Palin.  All sorts of reasons were trotted out as to why she “had to quit” and “I should read her book” along with a number of other comments.

But that was not my point at all.

The main point I was trying to make WAS that she WILL NOT get elected as President of the United States of America.  Whether she had a good reason to quit her job as governor was a side comment – thus the reason why I mentioned it at the end.

I don’t think the Republicans will be stupid enough to make her their party’s nomination.  This again, is not “talking down” about Sarah Palin.  It is simply a matter of fact.  She can’t win.

And if Sarah Palin goes “ROGUE” and starts her own 3rd party, then the Democrats will win again in 2012.  And again, I remind you, 2012 is the TARGET, not 2010.

If the Tea Party thinks it can win as a third party, then we are doomed.  Have we not learned anything from Ralph Nader, and twice from Ross Perot?

I was also taken to task by a number of readers who thought I had already written off President Obama as a one-term president.

Nothing could be further from what I actually wrote.  If the GOP thinks it can just waltz in and win both houses of congress in 2010 and then the White House in 2012, they are in for a rude awakening.

Especially if the economy actually DOES start to turn around.  Right now the GOP is acting like a five year old child, awaiting its first birthday party, giddy at the prospect and ready to open up a lot of presents. blow out the candles and eat cake.  I have three grandchildren, so I know what I am talking about.

The GOP is on track – AGAIN – for making the same mistakes as it has made before.

The arrogance of ignorance is truly appalling.

READING FOR DETAIL

I want to profoundly thank all of the readers who take the time to submit carefully thought out blog statements – including proper grammar and punctuation – not to mention proper spelling.  An occasional “typo” is excusable, but garbage writing tends to take away from the very topic that a person is writing about.

I had a Japanese professor once tell me that it is imperative that “you read – and then REREAD – every e-mail before sending it out.  It is an expression of yourself – and your intelligence level.”

This was told to me when I hastily wrote an e-mail to him that contained a number of mistakes and foolish grammatical errors.  I never forgot this embarrassing lesson.

However, human beings are a pretty stubborn bunch – Americans in particular.

Americans love to be the teacher; hate to be the student.

So, I am going to give everyone a little reading test, just to prove my point.

Directions:  Count the “Fs” in the following statement.  Read it only ONCE.  Don’t cheat.  You have ten seconds to count.

FINISHED FILES ARE THE RE-

SULT OF YEARS OF SCIENTIFIC-

IC STUDY COMBINED WITH

THE EXPERIENCE OF YEARS.

I will tell you the number of “Fs” at the end of this newsletter.

SOME INTERESTING TIDBITS

I have some very good people that are constantly sending me information from Japan, Panama, Canada, New Zealand, Australia and China, and of course across America, particularly Washington, D. C.

I feel very fortunate to have people like this on “my side” when trying to write THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.  If it were not for all their help and support, I would not be able to write what I write.

However, recently I have had some problems getting verifiable information, along with substantial clarification – thus my turning to you, the readers, for help.

Here are some things that need confirmation, in no particular order.  If you have any information or concrete input, please post your responses in THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH blog section, so we can all read and benefit from the information.

Here goes:

I have been told that AIG is going to hand out approximately 100 million dollars in bonuses this year. This is after they received 180 BILLION dollars in tax bailout funds.

Remember, AIG was too big to fail.  Why was it too big?  And why is there such secrecy as to who is getting how much in bonuses?

After all, it is We the People’s money, isn’t it?

Here is another thing that I need verification on.

It is RUMORED that AIG actually is funding the retirement accounts of many government employees – including a large number of politicians. But this has NEVER come up in our main stream media.  Why not?

I did a little research and found out that three of the most stable Insurance Companies are:

Government Employees Insurance Company, located in Maryland, rating B+ with an excess of $12,714,700,000 in assets.  That is BILLION, not million.

Government Personnel Mutual, located in Texas, also with a rating of B+ has in excess of $789,910,000 in assets.

And then there is the Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, headquartered in New York, with an astounding A+ rating – and almost 200 BILLION in accrued assets.

All three of these are GOVERNMENT SERVICING insurance companies.  Does anybody know if they are, in any way, tied up with AIG?  I can’t seem to get this verified.

If they are, then we are in very deep trouble.

Why?

Because all three are GOVERNMENT ENTITLEMENT FUNDING PROGRAMS.

The money will be coming from our pockets – as taxpayers – to pay for these programs for the next millenium.

So, if AIG is too big to fail, and if they got BILLIONS in taxpayer BAILOUT money, then why are they GIVING OUR MONEY away in the form of bonuses?

Remember, AIG almost went bankrupt.  Why is ANYBODY getting a BONUS?  They ran the company into the ground.

If this is not political banditry – then I am on the wrong planet.

And bear in mind, this does not take into account the massive health and dental programs that government workers get – until they die.

And this swindle is solely financed by – you and me – the private sector, funding the perpetual feeding frenzy of governmental pigs slopping at the trough.

SOCIAL SECURITY IS NEXT – THEN 401Ks

A quick news line came across the wire yesterday.

It stated that, “This is the first time in 25 years that Social Security is taking in less than it is paying out.”

On the surface, this looks foreboding.  Digging deeper, it is even more ominous.

If Social Security is truly on the verge of going under, then how will the millions of people, who are living off of their Social Security checks, going to survive?

And remember, COLA (cost of living allowance/adjustment) has been cancelled for TWO YEARS.  What happens if the Government cancels COLA for good?

How is this going to affect these people when inflation sets in?

And inflation WILL set in.

What is going to happen to this country when Social Security goes belly up?

Well, there is a “rumor” that the Government will start to dip into 401K accounts.

How they will do this is not clear yet, but I have some people telling me that they are continuously going to their banks and withdrawing $1,000 every week, taking their cash down in both checking and savings accounts – just in case.  They are distributing the cash in various parts of their house for “safe keeping.”

One scenario for pillaging our 401Ks is the following:

The Government will find a way to dip into a “pool” of monies that are held in check for 401K accounts, issue Government debt as collateral for the 401K cash, and promise to pay it back later.

There is only one problem.  This is exactly what the Government did with OUR Social Security money – and it is now technically bankrupt.

Once our 401K money is gone, the whole country will be controlled by the Government.

This country is percaiously close to having ALL of We the People’s savings stolen right out from underneath our noses.

FANNIE MAE AND FREDDIE MAC . . . GS

One of my readers recently told me he “heard” that the presidents of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are BOTH going to get 6 MILLION dollars each.

Remember, these two companies are DIRECTLY responsible for the housing bubble – if you still believe in that urban myth.

And they are now OWNED by the United States Government.

Today Jamie Dimond, of J.P. Morgan, is going to get 16 MILLION, as of this morning’s business news.

And then we have Lloyd Blankfein, president of GS (Golden Sachs) who has, so far, kept his payout a secret, because he is afraid of getting bad press.  He will get somewhere in the area of 9 to 10 MILLION.  But that is still a huge bonus.

Now try to put all this together, and you have one of the biggest money heists in the history of the WORLD.

We are in the death throes of the American Muddle Class.

We the People are being systematically looted – down to our very nest eggs – of every thing we have worked and saved for over the last half century.

And it is happening at hyper-speed pace.

Remember, Henry Paulson threatened the whole United States Congress – that we were on the brink of world financial catastrophe – if you “don’t give us 780 BILLION RIGHT NOW?”

Does anybody even remember that speech?

And just last week I predicted that there would be a Second “Stimulus” and it came, too.  But you did not hear about it.

We the People are now in hock to the tune of $15 TRILLION dollars.

Where will THAT money come from?

HIGHER TAXES NEXT YEAR!

Now, does anybody want to take a guess as to what Henry Paulson is worth?  The last figure I heard was 2.2 BILLION dollars.

Do these figures even make sense to anybody?  My mind is bouncing off the walls that this is going on, but make no mistake about it, we are being robbed blind – as we sit and watch American Idol.

PASS THE AMMUNITION – THE IRS, THAT IS . . .

It is no understatement that this Administration is against the 2nd Amendment, which states that:

“A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

The Administration always points to the part – “A well regulated Militia” – and says THAT is the basis on which they are against private gun ownership.

But the Administration completely misses the point.

WE THE PEOPLE – are “A well regulated Militia” – in that WE BELIEVE in the Constitution and who it was written for.

It was written for, WE THE PEOPLE – NOT THE GOVERNMENT.

But why am I suddenly talking about the Second Amendment – when I was just talking about the Government conspiring to take our last dime of savings?

The IRS is ordering shotguns.

https://www. fbo.gov/index? s=opportunity&mode=form&id=8d3b076bd4de14bb da5aba699e80621d&tab=core&_cview=1&cck=1&au=&ck=

Does anybody actually SEE what is happening here?

First the Government brazenly threatens our elected officials – and gets $760 BILLION – and it immediately disappears.  To this very day NOBODY can account for where it went.

Then the Government QUADRUPLES our national debt onto, WE THE PEOPLE.

Then the Government raises our taxes.

Then the Government loots our Social Security.

Then the Government finds a way to plunder our 401K plans – through companies that are holding the actual INSURANCE policies.

And now you know the REAL meaning of TOO BIG TO FAIL.

AIG was TOO BIG TO FAIL – not for, WE THE PEOPLE – but too big to fail for THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT.

Remember, the Second Amendment was the lynchpin of the Bill of Rights and, in essence, the guarantor of the Constitution – the law written in defense of, WE THE PEOPLE!

It gave us the RIGHT to take back our Government – and our COUNTRY – by force of arms if the need ever arises.

The Constitution does NOT give power to the Government.  To the contrary, it LIMITS the power of the Government.

Does it not seem ominous that an Administration that is so vehemently AGAINST guns for, WE THE PEOPLE, is in itself, purchasing 14 INCH SHOTGUNS for the Criminal Unit of the INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE?

A SPECIAL TRIBUTE TO RONALD REAGAN – THIS SATURDAY

A day before the Super Bowl, America will celebrate the birthday of one of our great presidents, Ronald Reagan.  Whatever your opinion of this man, you have to admit, he did a tremendous amount of good for America – and the World.

I am fully aware that there are still those who do not fully understand his accomplishments and the challenges that he faced as president.  That is understandable.  Many people are not aware of what history is, let alone what he actually did.

“Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall.”

Few realize that President Reagan was advised NOT to include this in his Brandenburg Gate speech:he Yet, he refused, and history was made.

If only we had representatives with that same sense of courage, that same concept of doing “what is right” and strong leadership to match.

Happy #99, President Ronald Reagan.

Have a safe and sane Super Bowl Sunday!

It would be great to see New Orleans win, just for the sake of Katrina – but Payton Manning is a true force in American Football.  Should be a combined 65 – 75 pass game.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

PS  There are six (6) Fs in the reading test.  Count them again, if you miscounted the first time around.

After a landslide election of historical proportions he took office amid a flurry of economic woes, international tensions of seemingly insurmountable proportions, and the feelings of most Americans completely down and overly apathetic.

Then the first year of his presidency did not bode well, and everyone was saying, “He is only a one-term president.”

Barack Obama?  No.

Ronald Reagan.

And that is the point of this first topic.  If you think President Obama is finished – you had better think again. Remember, we are dealing with the Chicago/Military/Industrial Complex.  This is the time when they will put it into high gear.

And if the American public continues to listen, then the Chicago/Military/Industrial Complex will finally – after 70 years of trying – have succeeded.

Or will it?

As I predicted in my last newsletter, Scott Brown won.  He did not come close in losing.  He WON.

So, it can be done again.  But if the GOP falls back into its old style of gloating, laughing in their opponents faces, and saying, “See I told you so,” then they will end up exactly like they did in previous years.

My advice is to quit laughing and employ a real sense of grace and humility – the likes of which were displayed by John Kennedy, Adlai Stevenson, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, Barry Goldwater and Ronald Reagan.

It can be done, but let’s do it with real class this time.

SO, WHAT SHOULD WE DO?

I am a registered Republican.  But that does NOT mean I march in “lock-step” with the party’s dictates. When I ran as a New Republican, many so-called “Republicans” actively worked against me because of my stand on a woman’s right to choose and homosexual rights.

Imagine, a country literally at war, our economy with a REALISTIC unemployment rate of 18%, people losing their jobs – PLUS their homes – and we still have the narrow-mindedness of GOP “stalwarts” pushing “Family Values” as part of their NATIONAL Platform.

Total lunacy.  Family values are not national issues – they are personal, private issues.

The one thing that constantly disgusts me is FAKE Republicans that want the GOVERNMENT to outlaw the CHOICE that a woman has over HER OWN body.  And then they also want the GOVERNMENT to outlaw gay unions.

But then they pretend to want LESS GOVERNMENT.

The one thing that bothers me the most about our government being in my bedroom – is that it has to go through my living room to get there.  No thank you.

Larry Craig, family values?  Governor Mark Sanford, family values?

Pious pontification always comes back to bite the morally unscrupulous.

I BEG the GOP not to succumb to this kind of political campaigning.  Put Family Values on the back burner.  Better yet, take it completely off the stove – because it will do nothing but harm in the long run.

And just to set the record straight, for the umpteenth time…

I am NOT in favor of abortion.  Let the man and the woman involved make the choice.  They are the ones that have to answer for their decision.  Let THEM make the choice.  The same with homosexuality.  It is not my lifestyle – but again, let them make that decision for themselves.

And in all honesty – this whole Tim Tebow fracas actually plays right into the hands of Pro Choice advocates.  But for some reason, they are raising hell about an advertisement that is supposed to be aired during the Super Bowl.

Tim Tebow’s mother was advised to have an abortion for her own safety – and she CHOSE not to. Isn’t that what it is all about?

She had the right to CHOOSE.  And she should be commended for the choice that she made.

It is as simple as that.

THE LETTER

As a registered Republican I received a letter the other day – from Michael Steele.  It came in the form of an official “census survey” asking all sorts of insipid questions.  It had nothing to do with setting policy, extending ideas or any thing of that nature.  They were asking opinions on all sorts of hypothetical situations.  And, of course, they wanted a donation.

Nothing concrete.  Nothing of substance.  Just a huge waste of time – and MONEY.

Speaking of which, there was a small note on the outside of the return envelope asking me to use my own STAMP to help save money!  I wonder how many hundreds of thousands of dollars that mailing actually cost?

What is going on with the GOP leadership?  If this is what the GOP is going to offer as an alternative to Obama, then we might as well give up right now and go fishing.

To rectify the situation the GOP should get rid of it’s chairman Michael Steele – immediately.

And close behind should be Ralph Reed, Mike Huckabee, Newt Gingrich, Mitt Romney, Sarah Palin, Karl Rove and all the others who led the GOP to the brink of political disaster.

If this is not done – and done soon – the GOP will not win NEARLY the number of seats that they are gloating over at present.

I warned about this in 2004.  The GOP did not listen – and the beginning of the end started to form.

I warned about this again in 2006.  The GOP did not listen – and more seats were lost.

I warned about it a third time in 2008.  And the GOP finally succeeded in losing BOTH the House and the Senate.  Plus – THE WHITE HOUSE.

What is going to happen in 2010, in my opinion, is still up for grabs.  And if the GOP thinks they can start to jam “Family Values” down our throats again – then get prepared for another defeat.

When – if ever – will the GOP wake up?

ENTER SCOTT BROWN

It is not too far fetched to think of Scott Brown as the next GOP candidate for President of the United States.

Sound too quick?

This is precisely what the Democrats did.  They went beyond the boundaries and pulled Barack Obama from relative obscurity, dressed him up with favorable media coverage, donated hundreds of millions of dollars to the cause, and We the People got stuck with a Chicago/Military/Industrial Complex Figurehead President.  And now the Super Supreme Court has helped by allowing the Industrial Complex to give as much money to their candidate of choice as they please.

However, the big difference with Scott Brown is that WE THE PEOPLE elected him.

It was NOT the GOP.  They basically did not want anything to do with him because he was going to lose anyway – but also, they DO NOT LIKE his stance on “Social Issues.”

I just had a reader send me an e-mail this morning, specifically stating that he does not like Senator-elect Brown, precisely because of his position on these issues.

Is the GOP NEVER GOING TO LEARN?

ENTER HILLARY CLINTON

Through sources in Washington, D.C., I have learned that Hillary Clinton is quietly “investigating” her chances of running against President Obama in 2012.  I hate to beat my own horn, but in a previous edition of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH I predicted this very scenario.

But Secretary of State Clinton is not stupid enough to go for it quite yet.  She is going to see how things play out in November, then make her move.

Consider this.  The Clinton camp, and I have this on very reliable information, positively HATES President Obama and his Chicago ties – better known as the “Outfit.”  Both Clintons are a REAL political force to be dealt with.

If President Obama cannot pull his economic package out in time for the November election, things will get very nasty for him in 2012.  If the GOP makes real inroads into the Democrat power base, then Hillary Clinton will make her move.  And if that happens – all bets are off for a GOP victory in 2012.

And 2012 is the REAL PRIZE – and both parties know it.

WHAT ABOUT SARAH PALIN?

One of my readers asked why I don’t like Sarah Palin.  I never said I did not like her.  But she CANNOT be the President of the United States of America – and that is what is at stake here.  Not whether you “like” someone or not.

Can you imagine Sarah Palin debating President Barack Obama?

Can you seriously picture her holding her own against Secretary of State Hillary Clinton?

To be quite honest, I lost all respect when Sarah Palin quit her job as governor.  You get the people to vote for you, work for you, donate to your campaign, get elected – and then quit?  Not my type of candidate.

It simply is NOT GOING to work.

If the GOP puts Sarah Palin up as their candidate, I will pack up and move back to Japan.  And THAT is a promise.

A PUBLIC SERVICE

A lot of new candidates are now considering running for office, or have already made the decision to get personally involved.  I know how hard it is to run a cohesive, effective campaign – especially when you are running against the establishment – with limited funds at your disposal.

So, as a public service, I am offering ANY person a space in THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to state their case as a candidate.

I DO NOT care what their party affiliation is, nor do I care about their stance on “Social Values.” They can be anywhere on the political spectrum – just as long as they are a bonafide candidate and have announced their decision to run for public office – in any national, state, or local election anywhere in the United States of America.

One of the primary reasons that THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH was established is to give power back to WE THE PEOPLE.  We now have over 3,800 readers – and the list keeps growing – thanks to each and every one of you.

So, if you, or anyone you know that is running for political office, would like to post a campaign advertisement, please submit an introduction in PDF form and e-mail it to me.

Make sure you have it edited for errors and typos.  I will post the candidates IN THEIR OWN WORDS – so what you see is what you get.

Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter once stated, “Put all ideas to the marketplace of public opinion and let the people decide.”

With that in mind, the first candidate I would like to introduce is:

CHRISTINA JEFFREY

Christina Jeffrey is a true Conservative, Republican candidate, running to unseat Bob Inglis in the 4th Congressional District of South Carolina. She is the oldest of eight children, and was born a military brat in Fort Bliss, Texas. Her father, Lt. Colonel John Fawcett, is a native South Carolinian, and retired career military Citadel grad. Her mother, Patricia Kelly Fawcett, raised all of her children to go into education or communication so they would be able to fight the rise of Communism.

Christina has been active in politics since high school, when she started reading Conservative literature like National Review and The Freeman (A publication of the Foundation for Economic Education (FEE)). She first met Phyllis Schlafly at this time and learned media communications from Phyllis.

Christina first attended Vassar College, but transferred to the University of Plano where she was able to study with Ludwig Von Mises and others from the FEE. She wrote her dissertation under an economist at The University of Alabama, where she had a National Defense Fellowship. She also worked at the Birmingham Area Chamber of Commerce as Manager of International Trade while she was writing. With respect to economics and most other areas of public policy, she is by far the best qualified candidate in this race.

After receiving her Ph.D. in political science from The University of Alabama she kept her interest in real politics, becoming a well-known conservative academic. She earned tenure at Kennesaw State University in 1991 and since then has taught at numerous colleges and universities including Shorter, Troy State, Kennesaw State, Limestone College, Coastal Carolina, Furman, Wofford, and Lander, where she currently lectures part-time.

She is the mother of five children and the wife of Robert Jeffrey, Professor of Government at Wofford College. She will be a staunch defender of liberty when elected to the U.S. Congress.

She favors the abolishing of the IRS as well as all unnecessary central data bases. She wants to see health, welfare, and education handled constitutionally at the State level.

As soon as we have a conservative majority, she wants Congress to appoint a commission of free-market oriented economists to study the entire tax system and come up with recommendations that will completely overhaul our system so that it is oriented toward raising the necessary funds to finance the legitimate activities of the national government. Much could be done at the state level or by private charities but bad money drives out good. In other words, it is difficult politically for the states to take-over financial responsibility for anything currently being funded at the federal level. Similarly, private charities have trouble raising funds for programs that are already government-funded. Thus, there is a need for study and then re-structuring.

For more issues from Christina Jeffrey, please see the website, http://christinajeffrey.com.

Christina Jeffrey
Fighting to Take America Back!
Candidate for Congress
District 4, South Carolina
www.christinajeffrey.com
864-541-7287

GET INVOLVED

Everyone should take the time to get involved.  You have NO excuse to do otherwise.  If it is just a small, local position, or a national office, get involved and make your voice heard.

We the People can no longer use the excuse of being too busy, or I want to spend more time with my family or any other “reason” you might come up with.

Where would we be today if our Founding Fathers had relied on such lame excuses?

In this time of Twitter, Facebook, Linkedin, and the total Internet on-line method of communication, it is easier than ever to get into the real workings of government and set this country back on the right track.

And remember, if you don’t get involved – then you have no right to complain.

It takes courage to be free.  Even more so to stay that way.

Keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

It has taken me some time to actually get a handle on what is going on, but I think the pieces are falling into place now – at a very rapid pace.

But before I go any further, I know this will sound nuts – and a lot of you will pooh-pooh it off – and cancel your subscription.  Moreover, I would not blame you one iota if you did.

Therefore, this is my only caveat.

At the end of this newsletter, there will be a speech made by a person who saw this coming over a half century ago, to verify what I am about to say.  Please take the time to view both sites before you completely write me off as just another nutto.

My only request is that you read through to the end – and do not let the label “Democrat” or “Republican” mislead you when you are reading.  It will become clear as you go.

I will present these concepts and ideas in no particular manner.  I am not smart enough to be able to fit all the pieces into their proper places.  But just being able to FINALLY identify some of the pieces is gratifying enough for me at this point in time.

I will leave it up to you, the reader, to draw your own conclusions.

All I ask is that you don’t let yourself get side-tracked by the political jargon of Liberal or Conservative, Democrat or Republican.

It is, WE THE PEOPLE.

IDENTIFYING THE PIECES

If the Republicans would have won in 2008, they would not have been able to do what President Obama has accomplished, simply because it would have looked like the Corporate Takeover of the Century.

AIG, Lehman Brothers, GM, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; the list goes on and on.

The Housing Crisis was manufactured by the Conglomerate Banks – and the two biggest still survive – Bank of America and Wells Fargo – which combined, own approximately 70% of the outstanding bad asset loans.

Nevertheless, they were bailed out with TAXPAYER money.

Now, all of the banks that paid back the FAKE TARP money – can LEGALLY give huge bonuses to their top echelon banking elite.  Hundreds of millions of dollars – TAXPAYER dollars – in the form of salaries, bonuses and future stock options are being paid out as I write.

If anybody believes that our simple housing market implosion could bring down the ENTIRE COMBINED FINANCIAL SYSTEMS OF THE ENTIRE WORLD, then I hope you will, at least, consider what I am about to say.

Henry Paulson, on that fateful day back in October of 2008, said, “Give us $865 BILLION or the whole economic format of the world will simply vanish.”

The Congress backed down and gave the money to the FED.  The cash promptly disappeared.  It is a pretty easy question.  Where did it go?

Nobody is telling – but SOMEBODY knows.  Who that somebody is, I have no idea.

Senator McCain, along with a lot of other representatives, Republican and Democrat alike, did not have the nerve to call Paulson’s bluff. Quite frankly, neither did most of the country, me included.

At this point, the Republicans were still in office.  But this move played right into the hands of the Liberal Democrats in an “HISTORIC” way.

ENTER BARACK OBAMA

The promises were piled one on top of another.  You have heard them all before, time and again, so I won’t delve into them at this point.

But here are a few items to ponder:

Warren Buffet, the richest man in the WORLD, is an Obama supporter.  He is also from Omaha, Nebraska – Ben Nelson’s state.

Bill Gates, the second richest man in the WORLD, is an Obama supporter – and heavy contributor.

George Soros, one of the richest men in the world, is an Obama supporter – and heavy contributor.  It has just been RUMORED that he has a very large stake in an oil drilling consortium off the coast of Brazil, that has received money from the US government – TAXPAYER MONEY.  But there seems to be a problem.  The oil is allegedly going to be sent to China – not America.

These are not Republican fat cats.  They are Democrats.

But beyond this, the Saudis are Obama supporters.

On the whole, most European governments are Obama supporters.

And the Nobel Peace Prize Committee, is an Obama supporter.

Obama went the complete route and promised EVERYTHING to the now disillusioned populace, not only in America but around the world, and won an historic election.

President Obama promptly went on a whirlwind tour of the world and paid homage to his WORLDWIDE SUPPORTERS, EN MASSE.

And then he proceeded to break all his promises – as he was specifically instructed to do – by the powers that put him into office in the first place.

REPUBLICANS AND DEMOCRATS

Here is where it starts to get very dicey.  There is NO difference between the two parties.  But we were fooled into thinking that there was.

By now you are going to start to hear whispers of “Conspiracy” from the back corners of your head, with regard to what I am about to say.

THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, is an Obama supporter.

THE TRI-LATERAL COMMISSION, is an Obama supporter.

THE BILDERBERG GROUP, is an Obama supporter.

Please recall, that in October of 2008, as I reported in THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH – an odd coincidence of dates – the Bilderberg Group had a top-secret meeting in Virginia.

Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton were INSTRUCTED – not invited – to come.

John McCain and Sarah Palin were specifically TOLD that they were not welcome, and thus, did not attend.

Please don’t take this as a political statement.  Remember, there is no longer any difference between the TWO PARTIES.

But, there are still differences, between the PEOPLE – the sovereign individuals – in this world.

I am not saying that McCain and Palin would have been better candidates.  That is NOT the point.  And here is where it starts to shed some light on the whole concept of the 2008 election.

The Bilderberg Group wanted Obama to win – because they could control him.  McCain and Palin were out of the question.

So to massage the populace into thinking Obama was the right man for the job, certain “influential groups” went to “the Outfit” – the nickname for the Chicago Mob – to get them do their dirty work.

Remember, this is not a Republican or Democrat “thing” anymore.  It is much wider than that.  And that is an integral point that must be kept consistently in mind.

This was tried, a number of times before in American history, the most recent being in 1960, with John Kennedy.  He actually called Mayor Richard Daley of Chicago, and asked for his support on election eve. Daley came through with the much-needed bogus votes – and Kennedy was elected president.

But there was just one problem.  John Kennedy himself, along with his brother Robert Kennedy, somewhere along the line had a change of heart, and decided to jump ship and actually do what was right for WE THE PEOPLE of America.

They both paid the ultimate price.  As did Lee Harvey Oswald.  As did Jack Ruby.

The Outfit has specific marching orders.  They are the American hit men of the uber-rich.

American politics is just a shell game – and WE THE PEOPLE – in our naive trust of our Democratic System of Government, took the bait – hook, line, sinker, rod, reel and fishing boat – all in one huge gulp.

It is NOT Republican nor Democrat.  It is not Liberal versus Conservative.

It is a group of International Elitists that are trying to control the last vestige of real PERSONAL freedom that remains on the face of the earth.

There is no China Dream.  There is no Russian Dream.  There is no Japanese Dream

There is only the American Dream.

And THAT is the target that the Global Elitists are now taking aim at.

For if the American Dream is ever completely extinguished – the world will be thrust into an eternal nightmare the likes of which history has never before known.

DISTRACTIONS GALORE

So, we are distracted by the healthcare debate.  Of course, we know we need to reform healthcare. However, BOTH the Democrats and Republicans have been “debating” it for a year – and now it is in jeopardy.

But it served its purpose of “purposeful” distraction.

Then we have the 10% unemployment problem (actually 17% if all measures of employment are taken into account).

And then the 10 trillion dollar deficit.  By the way, after trillion comes quadrillion.

“The Socialists are taking over.”

If you believe Socialism is the danger, then think again.

We are getting precariously close to a tyrannical oligarchy.  That means a few corporations and VERY powerful families are on the verge of controlling the entire economic and military/industrial complex of America.

They might, in fact, already control it.

And if a SECOND STIMULUS is in the cards, we are in very deep trouble.

THE ILLUSION OF DEMOCRACY

Yet, the BIGGEST distraction of all is the Illusion of Democracy.

Throughout history, tyrants have couched their ambition for power in the name of, “The People.”

In simple, modern day escapades, Napoleon dreamed of a United Europe, developed the Napoleonic Codes for “the people” then went completely crazy with power and was finally defeated at Waterloo in 1815.  However, his defeat was only because those in real positions of power could no longer control him.

I’m referring to the “Old Money Families” of Europe.  This has been going on for a long time.  It is nothing new.

But, with the Industrial Revolution, the idea of world domination by a COORDINATED GLOBAL ELITE, a few tightly knit groups of powerful individuals, became a much more viable concept than at anytime in our previous history.

In 1917 came the Russian Revolution (the “people’s” revolution) – and 26 million Russians died at the hands of Stalin.

In 1933, Hitler came to power – through the Democratic process – and was responsible for the murder of not only 6 million Jews and various other minorities, but also hundreds of millions of people around the globe.

Remember, many American Industrialists were very much in favor of Hitler and were willing to do business with him.  These are the same families whose names appear on the roll sheets of worldwide secret organizations to this very day.

Then we had the Chinese revolution, culminating with Chairman Mao raising the “People’s” Republic of China flag in Tiananmen Square on October 1, 1949.

More than 30,000,000 Chinese people perished under his dictatorship.

And then we had the “Imperial” family of Japan, who was responsible for the murder, rape and pillage of millions of people all across Asia – in the name of, “The Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere.”

The only reason that Admiral Yamamoto did not follow up his brilliant military attack on Pearl Harbor was because, when he studied in America, he became aware of the fact that Americans were allowed, under the Constitution, to keep and bear arms.  The last thing he wanted to do was bog down his troops in house-to-house fighting all across America.

Had Yamamoto followed through with his attack – he would have had the American people kow-towing on the shores of California in very short order.  Not all that many American people had guns, but the perception of them being armed was enough to stop him from attacking.

The first thing Stalin did was disarm his the people for his own personal safety.  Have you ever wondered why the Russian people are always portrayed fighting the Nazis with shovels and pitchforks?  They had no guns.  Stalin took them all.

And neither did the Jews in Germany have arms or ammunition.  The Nazis – under direct orders from Adolph Hitler, systematically disarmed the whole German population.

The Holocaust followed soon thereafter.

EVERYBODY IS SO ANGRY NOWADAYS

So here is what it all boils down to.

The old concept of divide and conquer is alive and well – throughout the world.  But especially right here in America – the last bastion of true freedom.

We are still talking “race relations” in America.  This has been the greatest, the most divisive matter, in American history.  We fought a civil war with race as one of the central issues.  It is still a problem – but the secret elite have the power to stir it up any time they see fit.

However, when it comes to their own survival, the elite families know better.  All the monarchies of Europe have intermarried.  They have been doing so for centuries – and they continue to do so – for the ongoing dominance of their political and economic power structures that were established CENTURIES AGO.

My point is, where money and world power are at stake, race does not get in their way.  At all high power, money elitist meetings, kings and queens, dukes and duchesses, emperors and empresses from Europe, Asia – and Africa, get together to map out the strategy of how best to control the world’s total wealth – and its people.

It is of no surprise to me why Africa is so poor.  It has been poor for hundreds of years.

Why was Katrina handled so badly?  And now Haiti.  Are we to believe, with all the modern equipment available to the world’s power elite that we cannot help them?

Or is it that – for population control – the uber-rich simply do not wish to help them?

Equal rights for women.  Yes, women are STILL not equal with men in the marketplace.  But look how nasty this, very good cause, became.  It has led to a tremendous breakdown in the relationships in families and between couples in all walks of life.  We have more single parent families now than ever before.

Abortion and gay rights continue to disrupt the social landscape.  And we all take it in, and get worked up over things that are not really all that important – when considering the totality of the overall situation that America faces today.

Then we have global warming – sorry, climate change.  And how about animal rights?  And salads in school lunches?  In addition, no more Coca-Cola machines on school premises?

Are these really important issues?

And then we always have to contend with being Politically Correct.  The powers that be even have people afraid of saying, “Merry Christmas” or “Happy Easter” for MORTAL fear of offending somebody.

Has it ever occurred to anyone why there is so much of this going around?  It is because we, as a nation have been so dumbed, and now numbed-down, that we are afraid – and angry at everything – and everybody.

The “Far-Left” and the “Far-Right” the moderate Christians and the Evangelical extremists.  Everyone is yelling at everybody else.

And then we have the plethora of bogus e-mail alerts that are “must reads” or “you MUST read this” most all of which turn out to be nothing more than re-run urban legends.  This is one of the oldest propaganda tricks in the books.  Disinformation tends to demoralize the citizenry.  Don’t fall for this type of antics either.

It is no wonder that we are all fighting.  That is precisely the way it has been designed to play out.

And who keeps stoking the fires of rage, hatred and greed?

The American Mass Media, as of late, has been suckered into thinking that they report the news – or I should say – the TRUTH.

Nothing could be further from the “truth.”

And I am not talking about the coverage of Conservative versus Liberal candidates.  That, too, is a ploy. The Media actually believe that they are reporting the “real” stories.  That simply is NOT the case.

They only report what the government allows them to report.  After all, to get their FCC licenses – they have to ask the government for permission to “communicate.”

WE ARE ALL-AMERICANS

There are no African-Americans.  There are no German-Americans.  There are no Chinese-Americans. Nor Japanese-Americans, Korean-Americans, or any other type of Hyphenated Americans.

If you are of some specific ethnic group – and BORN IN AMERICA – you are, first and foremost, AN AMERICAN.

We are all Americans.  Yes, there are Americans of African ancestry, Americans of German ancestry, and on and on – but we are, in the final analysis – ALL AMERICANS.

And this concept scares the daylights out of the Elite Global World Movement.

Thus, the constant inclusion of race into the argument.  Please do not fall for this game.  It is one of the oldest in human history.  Don’t be a sucker.

If we, as WE THE PEOPLE, actually bind together and become ALL-AMERICANS again, then the Elite World Movement is doomed to failure.

WHAT ABOUT THE MUSLIMS – AND THE RADICAL TERRORISTS?

I am starting to wonder about that myself, too.  According to most figures, there are about 50,000 radical Muslim terrorists worldwide.

When you consider the total number, it is not really that many.

Well then, why can’t our “governmental bodies” actually take these people out in very short order?

Maybe it is because they really don’t want to.  Remember, these elite groups travel on their own private jets.  They do not fly commercial airlines.  They don’t take off their shoes or go through any type of terrorist screening whatsoever.  They are that rich.

In reality, the radical terrorists are doing exactly what the World Power Elites want them to do.

Cause fear.  Promote havoc.  Create chaos.

For in the name of controlling chaos – all governments enact laws to “protect the people.”

Do you really believe that, if we could put a man on the moon in 1969, using fossil fuel to get him there, that we can’t find out where Osama bin Laden is?  Please bear in mind; the moon landing was over 40 years ago!

We have satellites that can read a car’s license plate from outer space.  And we can’t find bin Laden?

And speaking of Osama bin Laden, remember that he was once on the payroll of the CIA.

On top of that, the bin Laden family is VERY closely tied to the Bush family.

And also, please remember that, the day after 9/11, the United States Government allowed one plane to fly out of the country – and that plane was carrying members of the bin Laden family, back to the Middle East.

And, oddly enough, those same names that continue to appear on the ledgers of The Tri-lateral Commission, The Council on Foreign Relations and The Bilderberg Group are many times the identical people from ultra-powerful families or the top echelon of WORLDWIDE corporations.

It has been alleged that the reason AIG was saved was because it holds the retirement and insurance policies of all American politicians in the United States.  I have no idea if that is true or not.  Why has the media not looked in to this claim?

It has also been alleged that Lehman Brother was allowed to fail because they were huge competitors of Goldman Sachs – and could not be successfully controlled.  Again, I have no idea if this is true or not.  Again, where is our media?

Yet:

Allan Greenspan used to work for Goldman Sachs.

And Henry Paulson used to work for Goldman Sachs.

And Ben Bernake used to work for Goldman Sachs.

And Robert Rubin used to work for Goldman Sachs.

And many of these people, have either direct, or indirect ties, with:

The Tri-Lateral Commission

The Council on Foreign Relations

or

The Bilderberg Group

Is this really some type of coincidence – or is this a well planned-out course of action?

And what about the Skull and Crossbones, ultra secret organization at Yale?  Both George W. Bush AND John Kerry were members – and steadfastly refused to say ANYTING about the organization whatsoever.

Even during the presidential campaign.

THE SUPER SUPREME COURT

By this time, I am sure you think I am completely nuts, and “just another” conspiracy theorist.

But if this is true, how is it that just yesterday the SUPER Supreme Court just handed down one of the most amazing rulings in American history.

This is precisely what I mean when I say the MEDIA did not alert anybody of this even being discussed by the Supreme Court.

Why were ALL of the media not onto this?  I saw nothing on CNN – nor Fox News.  Everybody I have spoken with today said they heard nothing about it until it was announced on the “news.”

Was the media simply told not to say anything?  The decision was made yesterday.  I try to keep up with this kind of stuff – but I was caught completely off guard.  And so was everybody else I know.

So, who actually is controlling our media?

WE THE PEOPLE, had better wake up on this one.

This is precisely what got me out of bed this morning – with a literal WAKE-UP CALL.

The Supreme Court ruled 5 to 4 that Exxon Mobil Corporation = an individual.

If I am reading this correctly, this is probably one of the most important High Court decisions of recent decades.

I am not a constitutional lawyer, but as I see it, corporations will now be allowed to give AS MUCH MONEY AS THEY WANT to the candidate of their choice – starting RIGHT NOW.

If you think the Obama Administration is corrupt – wait until this concept takes full effect.

And what about that ever-illusive concept of Democracy that I have alluded to a number of times throughout this newsletter?

This is basically the same Supreme Court that “voted” George W. Bush into office – who consequently led us into Iraq to fight a war that didn’t need to be fought, that now takes us to Afghanistan and will ultimately lead us into Pakistan and Yemen.

We now have the strongest military force in the world – and it is a private one – with help from private mercenary soldiers of fortune from private “security corporations.”

And as of yesterday we now have the corporate elites, who have been given the green light, to pour literally BILLIONS of dollars into campaigns to win “public office.”

Is it any wonder that the good people on the East Coast decided to take matters into their own hands – once again – and deliver an alternative candidate to the Senate, in their historical CRITICAL-MASS vote of Scott Brown?

But, here again, it is not a question of Democrats or Republicans.

It is a question of America – and WE THE PEOPLE.

And isn’t it amazingly ironic that this High Court decision came just two days after Scott Brown was elected to the Senate?  Is it not possible that the Supreme Court was secretly discussion this case – and waited until AFTER the vote in Massachusetts to “decide” on it?

Why would they wait?  Because, if Martha Coakley was elected, the Democrats would still have 60 seats. There would be no need to make this move.

Scott Brown is an unknown.  The beauty about the people of Critical-Mass is that they saw something was amiss – and they threw a huge monkey wrench into the worldwide elitist political machinery.

Again, this is not a Democrat/Republican debate.  How many times have you heard a politician say one thing during his election campaign – and then do something completely different when elected?

Who knows, Scott Brown may turn out to be a bigger liar than Clinton, Bush and Obama combined.  But the point is, he is an unknown to the power elite – thus the Supreme Court decision to let corporations funnel as much money to the party of their choice with no legal recourse whatsoever.

The corporations and uber-elite are taking no chances.  They are hedging their bets – just in case the American Public still has the courage and fortitude to stand up and – if need be – die again for the cause of individual freedom.

Most corporations – and ultra-wealthy donors – actually contribute to BOTH parties just to cover their political and monetary ass-ets.  After election day they approach the person who won and start to get paid in political kickbacks for their support.

You can only surmise how much worse it is going to get now.

If this action of yesterday by the Supreme Court does not scare you, then I pity you.

But even more so, I feel sorry for the United States of America.  In time, I hope – and predict – that this total abuse of Constitutional Power will be overturned.

If not, darker days surely lie ahead.

THE VIDEO SITES

Below are the two sites that substantiate what I have tried to expound upon above.

Please remember, these videos are more than 40 years old and not the best of quality.

I beseech every reader to watch both sites.  Take the time to realize that this presentation is given by one of the very few Five Star-Generals ever to hold that rank.

The rank was considered too powerful – because it had rank over all other generals, and was therefore considered a threat to the Commander in Chief – and was consequently abolished.

It is with this understanding that I ask you to listen to President Eisenhower, be you Democrat or Republican, Liberal or Conservative.

And bear in mind that Eisenhower, at this time in his life, who could no longer be controlled by the rich and powerful, decided to give this speech, against his personal advisors recommendations.  President Eisenhower knew that this was his last chance – and he was determined to pound this point home – for WE THE PEOPLE.

It is extremely poignant when you consider that this is not some radical conspiracy theorist, but a past General of the Army, and two term President of the United States of America.

Hardly a radical, by any stretch of the imagination.

This link is the condensed version with commentary.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=13Gt1bhKLhs

This link is the full 16-minute presentation.

http://www.militaryindustrialcomplex.com/military_industrial_complex_video.asp

Best wishes and keep thinking positive.

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor and Publisher
The American Telegraph

Mao Ze Dong, according to the Dalai Lama was “one of the most despicable mass murderers of the twentieth century.”

How many readers know the name Rebiya Kadeer.  If you don’t, it is nothing to be ashamed about.  The media has all but ignored her.  She is referred to as the “Mother of all Uighuers” and a forceful leader of their movement to get equal treatment for her and her Turkic-speaking Muslims living in China.

We can’t rock the boat with China for obvious reasons.

How about Natalia Estemirova?  Not familiar with her either?  She was dragged into a car and murdered. Her crime?  She spoke out against the government of Russia.

We can’t rock the boat with Russia, either.

How about an easy one?  How many readers know who the Nobel Peace Prize laureate Aung San Suu Kyi is?  Yes, she is still under house arrest in her own country—Burma.  Her crime?  She won the democratic election and was immediately put into prison (house arrest) and has been there ever since.

We can’t rock the boat with Burma—because we don’t want to rock the boat with China.  And we can’t visit with the Dalai Lama because we don’t want to make China mad.

All three of these dissidents are WOMEN.  Where is Hillary Clinton on this issue?

Where are the Women’s Rights groups in America?

Where is our United States Government?  To what depth has our moral compass sunk?

What about the 154,000 political prisoners that are being held in six large camps across the country in North Korea?

Where are the human rights activists—the same ones who are complaining so vociferously about the IMMEDIATE closing of Guantanamo?

And why are so few people even aware of the fact that the Obama administration is considering a DC trial for the Guantanamo detainee Riduan Isamuddin – the Bali Bomber?

THE COWARDS OF CONGRESS

It seems that with our female Secretary of State, these items are to be ignored – in favor of BUSINESS as usual.  I thought that is what the Republicans were always being blamed for.

Where is our first black President, Barack Obama—who promised CHANGE?

If ever there were ever two people who could speak to the problems of minorities—and women—Obama and Clinton SHOULD be the ones to do it.

But even our CONGRESS is woefully silent on the issue of Human Rights—except when it comes to the rights of Terrorists.

THEN they speak up loud and clear.  The Congress—BOTH HOUSES—should be totally ashamed of themselves.

I thought this was the way Republicans were supposed to act—but not the LIBERAL THINKING DEMOCRATS.

Is this the CHANGE that we were promised?

HATS OFF TO GOOGLE

Since the Cowards of the Congress—and the Coward in Chief—refuse to address these issues, it is up to CORPORATE AMERICA, to do our government’s work.

In my last newsletter I mentioned that Chrysler Corporation has dedicated an advertisement to, the still imprisoned, Aung San Suu Kyi.

Chrysler CORPORATION for crying out loud!  You would think that President Obama would come out and speak in defense of a fellow recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize.  But he has remained silent.

Now, Google has stepped forward, and has challenged China to shape up on a number of issues, one being human rights—or they might not bring their company—and its vaunted technical knowhow—to the “People’s” Republic of China.

Another BUSINESS speaking up for the rights of human beings to be treated fairly.

I THOUGHT that was the job of the United States of America.  Apparently I was wrong.

I am afraid that the CHICAGO MOB has bought off every one of our representatives—along with the White House itself.

Ladies and Gentlemen—the White House is Not For Sale!

Or is it?

NEXT TUESDAY’S ELECTION

I am used to sticking my neck out—unlike many Americans that are living off the labors of our forefathers.  I don’t mind saying things that other people feel—but are too afraid to say in public.

So, here is a prediction to think about.  Scott Brown will defeat  Martha Coakley in next Tuesday’s special election.

But my next prediction is even more of a concern with me.

During the congressional primary in Washington State of 2004, I warned the Evangelical Element of what was coming—and they would not listen.  I am not going to beat a dead horse—so to speak.

What I am proposing is that the REAL GOP stand up, and kick these people out of the Republican Party and do what the Democrats did—with complete political astuteness.

The GOP should go outside of the main stream “has-beens” and get brand new, fresh candidates that can fire up the crowds and talk REAL CONSERVATIVE values.

National Security.  We snuck by on Christmas.  The next time we might not be so lucky.

Healthcare Reform—a plank to my 2004 campaign, that was dissed by the Evangelical Element—along with my stand on a woman’s right to choose and homosexual rights.  Homosexuals and Abortion are NOT National issues.

Our country fighting in two, three, maybe four countries at the same time IS a National issue.  And if you think we are not going to put soldiers into Pakistan and Yemen, then I am talking to the wrong people.

My second prediction is that—when Scott Brown wins—and I am not couching this in the spineless rhetoric of saying “even if he comes close” because he WILL win—when this comes to pass, if the Evangelical Element is allowed to poison the political climate AGAIN, then the Republicans will again fail.

Many conservative commentators are almost GIDDY with the prospects of the GOP winning in November.

But folks—if the GOP does not make FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES in its makeup, they will LOSE again in 2012.  And THAT date is the one that the Democrats are shooting for.  They are THAT FAR ahead in their planning stages.

And the GOP?  They are talking like a bunch of little kids getting ready for their first birthday party.  They are giggling and grinning, acting arrogant again—and getting ready to shoot themselves in both feet—YET AGAIN!

SO WHAT SHOULD WE DO NOW?

The GOP has to realize that they have no REAL leader.  Rush Limbaugh?  Please give me a break.  Glenn Beck, or any of the other “talkers” on radio?  These are not the people who should be setting policy.

And if the GOP thinks that Sarah Palin is going to beat Obama in 2012—I will literally give up.

What the party needs is GREAT candidates—of both genders and all different colors.  I have met many black and Hispanic YOUNG people who are more conservative that me.  What the hell is going on?

Why can’t the GOP become the GNP—The Grand New Party.  I hope some of you caught the GNP kick—Gross National Product.

So here it is:  If the GOP sticks with the likes of Sarah Palin, Mike Huckabee, or Mitt Romney they will lose in 2012.  It is as simple as that.

Remember, Obama still has 2 years and 10 months to turn this economy around.  And if the economy is starting to pick up, and if unemployment is around 7%—he could be REELECTED.

And if the GOP allows itself to be hoodwinked again by narrow-minded political neophytes, masquarading as proponents of “family values” they will have ANOTHER rude awakening when Obama is president for another FOUR YEARS.

It is time NOW to wake up, quit playing with ourselves and buckle down to business.

As soon as Scott Brown wins in Massachusetts, the GOP should have a national meeting of all GOP congressmen—and governors—and draw up a platform that has as its dominant themes:

1.  National Defense

2.  National Healthcare—a workable plan, because America needs affordable healthcare.

3.  Abolish the IRS and replace all income taxes with a National Sales tax on all goods—including food.

4.  Re-establish parental control over our own children by allowing them to choose the school of their choice.

5.  Take a National Stand on Human Rights around the world—and mean it with the force and dignity that used to set this nation apart from all others—in the style of  Harry Truman, John F. Kennedy, and Ronald Reagan.  The Republicans could STEAL this cause right out from under the Democrats’ collective nose—if only they had the moxie to act forcefully.

If the GOP does not use Scott Brown’s election victory as a launching platform to get reorganized and ready for 2012—then it is simply doomed.

Best wishes, keep thinking positive—and don’t be afraid to speak up.

For what is the Right to Free Speech if you are too afraid to stand up and be counted?

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
The American Telegraph

In this man’s ranting and raving I remember one statement that stuck out.  ”The chickens are coming home to roost.”

Well, I am afraid he was right.  More and more people who voted for President Obama are starting to complain that he has let them down.

But it is a funny thing about American people.  They never seem to get upset—until the situation comes up and kicks them right in the face.  Their own, PERSONAL face.

It seems that, for the next TWO years, seniors are not going to get a Cost of Living Allowance (COLA), to help them with the staggering inflation that is taking place right now.

I know.  I have read that inflation is around 6%.  But that number simply is not true.  Go to any market—I shop at COSTO—and check the prices.  In the last 12 months, Kirkland Coffee has gone from $6.99 for a 3 pound can to $10.  Want to buy some Macadamia nuts? Dig deep.  They are outrageous.  And simple pine nuts are over $20 per bag.

Not your type of items?  Milk, in most stores is $3.00 a gallon—the price that gas will be in very short order.  Bread is over $2.00—a loaf!

Well, the seniors are finally starting to get pissed.  And I can’t say that I blame them.  They thought they were voting for Barack Obama—the man who promised to only stick it to the rich people.  A lot of people, who aren’t wealthy, thought that was a great idea.

Only one problem.  It was not the truth.  No COLA is like stealing money from the elderly. This was done to save money—or so we were told.

But I have now learned that our “representatives” have just voted themselves another raise.

THAT CAN’T BE TRUE!

In all honesty, I don’t know if it is or not.  And THAT is one of the main points of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

I don’t know about other people, but I have been getting a tremendous amount of “urban legends,” outright lies and complete garbage coming into my e-mail on a daily basis.  Then, just recently, my e-mail was hacked.  We are still working on that one.

My point is this.  Please don’t give up on gathering news for yourselves.  This “propaganda method” is an old ploy.  Flood the information channels with all kinds of bogus “news accounts” and sooner or later—We the People—will give up.

And that is the simple truth of it all.  This type of constant lying is one of the oldest political maneuvers in the world.  Start rumors, get the people going in all different directions and in very short order, no one knows what the hell is going on.

So I am asking you, the reader, to please help me out.  I can’t do it all by myself.  I have paid money out of my own pocket to set  up THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to serve as a “sounding board” for We the People.  Get involved.  Use the blog and use it in a responsible way.

A reader, and good friend of mine who still lives in Japan, suggested that I show how to actually get involved.  So here is what I would appreciate all readers to do:

Type in any questions that you might have in the “search engine” of your choice and see what you come up with.  For example, type in “recent congressional raises” or “congressional per diem pay” and see what you can learn.

The idea is—YOU go to the news—don’t let the news COME to you.

I have been doing this kind of information gathering for years, but quite honestly, I need help.  We are up against one of the worst administrations in American history when it comes to lies and deception.  Yes, the chickens have come home to roost.

I have NEVER seen such outright conniving, blatant arrogance and professional circumlocution in my entire life.  That includes both the Nixon and Clinton Administrations.

So the next time you get something in your e-mail box, instead of taking it at face value, check out the authenticity before forwarding it on.

Yes, I have been hoodwinked too.  We all have.  And that is precisely the objective of these people.  So the only way to fight back is to check on EVERYTHING that sounds even the least bit “off the wall.”

And yes, this is not easy to do.  Everything I put into THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH I try to substantiate.  It is NOT easy.  It is difficult.  But it CAN be done.

What I am asking for is exactly what I asked for during my campaign for Congress.  My simple message was— ”I don’t want your money—what I need is your vote.”

Well, again I am asking—I don’t need donations to keep THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH going—what I need is your help.

Use the blog section of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to post things that you have found out to be true.  But please don’t post articles that you have not checked out on your own.

And if you can’t substantiate something, but are concerned about a certain issue, please state that fact and then post what is bothering you.

We the People have to STICK TOGETHER.  Or else we are all doomed.

Get involved.  Use THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH to speak out—and SPEAK UP!

YOUR FIRST LEAD

In the December 2009, AARP Bulletin, there was a short article under the heading of WASHINGTON WATCH, Congress Considers Making Relief a Reality, page 34.

Representative Peter DeFazio, D-Oregon, Representative Carolyn McCarthy, D-N.Y., Senator Bernie Sanders, I-VT, Senator Richard Burr, R-N.C., and Representative Ginny Brown-Waite, R-FL, “are among those who have proposed a one-time payment to make up for the lack of COLA.”

So here is what you do.  Send an e-mail or call and ask them, NOT about the COLA payment, but about THEIR RAISE.  It would be very interesting to see what you come up with.  If you find out anything, please post it on the blog section.

We the People can do this—but it is up to ALL of us to get involved.  Not just a few.

The reason I am asking you to check on the pay raise is very simple.  If our “representatives” did, in fact, vote themselves a raise—then all hell is going to break loose.  If that is the case—then NOBODY has reported this on ANY news outlet.

I hope you noticed that there are Republicans, Democrats and even one Independent who are proposing that senior citizens are “helped” in this desperate time of need.

THAT should be a warning.  It looks like somebody is trying to be on the “nice” bandwagon.  They ALL screwed the seniors—but now want to APPEAR to be benevolent and caring to those in need.

Something smells funny to me.  If it is true, that they did get a pay raise—and no one heard about it—they are now trying to keep it under wraps and PRETEND that they are only concerned about We the People.

I hope you all understand what I am driving at.  THIS is the way you get to the bottom of things.  You have to be alert, direct in your approach and determined to find out what is really going on.

Hypocrisy is as old as human history.  It would not be the first time that politicians take huge chunks of OUR money, stick it into THEIR pockets—and then pretend that they only have our well-being in mind, by doling out a few of the leftover crumbs in the form or a one-time payment to “those in need.”

Let’s see if we can really get to the bottom of this—together as WE THE PEOPLE!

GIDDY WITH ANTICIPATION

I hope I have painted a somewhat clearer picture of what the American public is up against. We are dealing with corruption—on both sides of the “aisle” and everywhere in between!

Now, the so-called GOP is giddy with anticipation at the prospects of winning both Houses in 2010.

Not so fast everybody.

I remember when this happened back in 1994—and the so-called GOP went nuts with power, started spending money on everything and acted in such a capricious way that they completely blew a perfect opportunity to set the United States back on the right path.

I can see it starting to happen again.  Remember, a GOP landslide is NOT a given.

If the economy starts to turn around, the Status Quo will take credit for it.  That means BOTH parties will start patting each other on the backs.

But the Democrats are the Status Quo—not the Republicans.

Sorry, but that is another myth that we have been led to believe.

And if it is true, that our “representatives” actually did get a recent pay raise—or cost of living adjustment—and We the People simply were not told—then it PROVES that both the Republicans and Democrats ARE the Status Quo.

We the People have got to wake up—before it is too late.

FROM DUMBED DOWN TO NUMBED DOWN

That is the whole point of this issue of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

More and more people are not only giving up on the political process, but on life itself.

I am getting a little older now, but as I remember in Army Basic Training, there were 11 General Orders, one of which was, “Never give up if you have a means to resist.”

One trooper raised his hand and asked, “Sergeant, what happens if you are out of ammunition, your rifle is broken and your bayonet is gone?”

Without missing a beat, Sergeant Williams replied, “Take your fucking helmet off and beat the shit out of the enemy with it.”

We have been dumbed down for years—to where we can’t think for ourselves anymore.

But now we see more and more people simply giving up even looking for a job.  The unemployment is NOT 10%—it is 18% and rising.

Inflation is NOT being held steady—it is going up faster than a thermometer under the tongue of an H1N1 flu patient.  Speaking of which, whatever happened to that PANDEMIC we were suppose to have?

We the People have been lied to on such a consistent basis, dumbed down to such an extent, and now NUMBED DOWN to the point of simply giving up.

Let We the People take heed from one of the world’s great leaders,Winston Churchill, when he said:

“Never give in—never, never, never, never, in nothing great or small, large or petty, never give in—except to convictions of honour and good sense. Never yield to force; never yield to the apparently overwhelming might of the enemy.”

Sir Winston Churchill, Speech, 1941, Harrow School, British politician (1874–1965)

Where are our leaders of today?

Once again, We the People must take up the mantle of responsibility—for the sake of our country—and that of the world.

Keep thinking positive—and never give in.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

My full apologies to all of you who received a bogus e-mail from me with the following message:

Thanks to my website manager, I think we have it taken care of.  I have no idea how they got my login ID.  We are still checking on it and might be able to trace it back to its orgin.

My full apologies again.

IRAQ AND AFGHANISTAN

I fear that the prediction made in my last newsletter seems to be coming true.  I hope I am wrong, but time is very close, in Iran, to a complete breakdown in that country.  I was told last night that the religious leader of the country was planning on escaping and that martial law might come into effect within the next 10 days.

If that is the case, then Obama is going to have to make the biggest decision of his presidency.  He will either go ahead with air strikes on the nuclear reactor stations in Iran, or give the go-ahead to Israel to act instead.

I actually feel sorry for our president, because he really did try to extend his hand in friendship – and was fully rebuked for doing so.  He is to be congratulated for trying.

But the real test of his flagging leadership will be how he handles the Iranian crisis.  If the military takes over, as it looks like it will, Israel must act.  If president Obama gives his OK, then he has resumed his mantle of leadership.

If, on the other hand, he reneges on his commitment to Israel, then we will see major turmoil in the international arena.

Already, the world has taken a very dim view of how president Obama has handled things with regard to Iran – the first time during the elections, when he chose to remain silent – and just recently, with his speech about worldwide terrorism, in which he still refuses to use the term “terrorists.”

As stated in my previous newsletter, these actions are taken as signs of weakness.  The Taliban are laughing at the way the United States is handling the terrorist threat.

We are worrying about water-boarding and reading active terrorists their “rights”while the Taliban behead their captives, and drag their burned bodies through the streets.  Given the choice, I’ll take the water-boarding any day.

But torture is not the point here.  Leadership is.

If president Obama does not stand steadfastly behind Benjamin Netanyahu, and the state of Israel, all of our other treaty commitments will become null and void.

President Obama has learned first hand that, talking nicely to a bully is akin to trying to put out a forest fire with a garden hose.  It simply is not going to work.

But the real danger is where Yemen is geographically located.  It is at the southern end of Saudi Arabia, where the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea meet, which ultimately leads to the Suez Canal.

This is no time to be delving into unrequited, peaceful diplomacy.

The Suez Canal MUST be kept open.  It is a matter of vital national interest, not only for the United States, but for the entire world.

YEMEN – “BOOTS ON THE GROUND”

For anyone who watched General Wesley Clark the other night on TV, you should be extremely worried about where our Middle Eastern foreign policy is taking us.

General Clark, in his summation of what he thinks the USA should do mentioned, “Boots on the ground.”

That means a military presence.  Does anybody see what is going on here?

United States Armed Forces in Yemen would be a major move to protect the Suez Canal.  But at what cost – both militarily and economically?

We are still in Iraq – and the killing and bombings have gotten much worse, not better.

We are in Afghanistan, and when the next 30,000 troops are fully deployed, we will have approximately 100,000 military personnel in that country.

The total estimated number of Taliban is around 30,000.

Do these numbers actually make sense to anybody?  We are the strongest military power in the world – and we are outgunning the Taliban 10 to 3 – and we are NOT winning.

Afghanistan is lost.

Iraq is lost.

Pakistan is lost.

Are these defeatist statements?  Absolutely not.  They are simple facts.

The information I have been getting is that we are already losing – and losing big-time – in Afghanistan.

Since president Obama has finally decided (after 17 weeks of deliberating, which in itself, shows a tremendous lack of leadership) to go into Afganistan, he is backing himself up against a wall.

Along with the 30,000 Taliban they already have, they are recruiting more all the time.  They have now developed 1000 pound IEDs (Improvised Explosive Devices), enough to destroy any Mine Resistant Ambush Protected (MRAP) vehicles that the United States is currently deploying to the field.  In other words, they will no longer protect our military personnel.

This war has just begun.

Time will show that president Obama’s decision to go into Afghanistan will be a total military debacle.

PAKISTAN AND OUR REAL ALLY – INDIA

Pakistan is NOT an American Ally.  But we are treating them as one.  This is also a huge mistake that will come back to haunt us.

Their government is corrupt, it has an unstable military and the Taliban are de facto running the country now as it is.  To spend more time and money – both of which we do not have – would be another disastrous mistake.

So who can we really trust?

India.  But why India?

It is the largest democracy in the world.  They have a tradition of British Common Law.  A large portion of its population speaks English.  In five years India’s population is projected to pass that of China.  India is also on the Chinese border  - and is a nuclear power.  And India is NOT a theocracy.

Also, India tends to like the USA a lot more than Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan and Yemen all put together. Plus, and this is big, India and Pakistan have been enemies for years.

So, why doesn’t the United States throw a huge amount of support to India – and say to hell with these other countries, that are, in essence, bleeding us dry – both on, and off – the battlefield?

Give the money (aid) that is going to Afghanistan, Iraq and Pakistan directly to India.  Build up a Democratic Alliance with India, and you would see a tremendous amount of change in that part of the world in very short order.

But I am not one to hold my breath on this proposal.  I am afraid that we are going to see much more bloodshed, in a losing effort, before we wake up to the true facts of what really lies before us in the Middle East.

Yet, I will keep thinking positive!  And I encourage you of all to do the same thing.  And while you are at it, call your representatives – and let the voices of We the People be heard!

THE UPCOMING CENSUS

A very good friend, and avid reader of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH, sent this information and wanted me to pass it on.  I have not confirmed all the contents – so please check it for yourselves – and be careful what you say when people come to your door taking the census.

The high points of the article, written by Susan Johnson, are as follows:

The 2010 Census is about to take place.  The Better Business Bureau is cautioning people as to what they tell the Census takers.  Be cooperative, but don’t become a victim of fraud or identity theft.

But how do you know if these people are really who they say they are?

Each worker will have a badge, a handheld device, a Census Bureau canvas bag, and a confidentiality notice.

Ask to see their identification and their badge from the beginning.

Don’t allow them inside your home.

The Census workers are to only verify the address and how many people live in the house.

Do not give Social Security Numbers, credit card numbers or any type of banking information whatsoever – even if they claim they need it.

According to the article, the only thing you need to tell them is your address and how many people live there.

You do not have to answer ANY OTHER questions.  Once you have done that, politely say “thank you” and close the door.

According to the article, no Acorn Worker is allowed to take part in the Census.

The Census worker may contact you by telephone, mail, or in person at home – but NOT by e-mail.  If you receive anything that says it is from the Census Bureau via e-mail, delete it immediately.

Like I said at the beginning, I HAVE NOT verified all this information – but I wanted to alert everyone as to what is coming.  Please post any information you find regarding the 2010 Census in the blog section of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

How lucky are We the People to still have Freedom of the Press?  Let’s use it to our advantage!

HAPPY NEW YEAR!

Here is wishing everyone a very Happy New Year.  Thank you all for taking the time and effort to keep informed.

And a special thanks to all of you who have added your comments and ideas to the blog section.  It is there for you.  Please take advantage of it and help us all to keep America strong – and free.

Think positive, never give up and be thankful for what We the People are STILL able to to in this, the greatest nation on earth.

Until next year,

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger

Editor/Publisher

THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

In Chicago politics, people are bought and sold for an agreed upon price.  All those who voted for Obama, and believed that this would change, have been sorely disappointed.

So, why is everybody so concerned about the so-called “healthcare” debate?  There is NO debate.  This is pure horse-trading, Chicago style.

First, they started in the House of Representatives.  They put on a fine dance, 1900 pages of garbage that nobody read – let alone understood.  But the real ploy has been lost on the media – and the public in general.

They simply are trading in votes for favors.  First in the House.  Then they went to the Senate – and a 2000 page healthcare bill, that nobody read – or understood.  Senators were bought, more favors handed out, and now the Senate bill on healthcare will pass on Christmas Eve – or so the story goes.

My guess is that Nancy Pelosi will try to ram it through with no debate – thus effectively getting the House to agree on the Senate bill without debate.

If she fails, and I don’t see why she should – there are a lot more favors to hand out to put this deal into place – then it would go into another debate/hearing, and it would drag on into the new year.

I don’t think the Democrats want this to happen.

And let’s remember, who’s vote actually brought this situation to debate – Olympia Snow.  Does anybody recall that is was her vote that pushed it out of committee and onto the Senate floor?

But let’s not lose sight of history on this.  Chicago style politics is NOT new to the American people – nor is it something new to the White House.

John Kennedy actually called then Mayor Richard J. Daly, and asked for his help to beat Richard Nixon. Daly complied, dead people voted and John Kennedy got elected.

But Obama did not let the lesson of Chicago politics go unnoticed.  He knows perfectly well that when you play with these boys – you play for keeps.

BOTH of the Kennedy brothers did not keep their part of the bargain – and looked what happened to them.

You have to admire the Chicago mob.  They stick to their word.  You take the bribes – and you play the game.  You try to take the money and then double-cross them, and you end up with a pair of concrete boots in the East River – or a bullet through the head.

This is not Obama’s fault.  It is the American people’s fault.  And now we all must pay the price.

BUT MAYBE THE STORY IS NOT OVER – JUST YET

If, and this is a big if, the Senate bill goes back to the House of Representatives, and they decide not to pass it as it stands – because now the House is starting to wise up (they want their “fair share” too) – then we have more reading, compromise, bribe-taking, pork-barrel trading and just plain political chicanery.

Realize this and the point becomes much clearer:  The politicians are buying votes – with We the People’s hard earned money – in the form of HIGHER TAX RATES COMING NEXT YEAR.

We have gone from the House, to the Senate, now back to the House.  Each time, the money, the lying, and the thievery has gotten worse and worse.

But this is the way things are done, in Chicago – and now in the White House.

If you REALLY want to make a difference – send multiple e-mails to ALL your representative today.  You have the contact numbers.

Use them, or quit complaining.

WHAT ABOUT THE INTERNATIONAL ARENA?

Well, why not Chicago style politics there, too?

I propose a supposition.  Let’s suppose that this is the way things are going to be handled – simply business as usual.  Does anybody think that some, in connection with the Nobel Peace Prize, were bought off?

I simply don’t understand how a man like Gandhi can receive the Peace Prize – who was absolutely, truly for peace – and Obama who is obviously NOT for peace – can get the same award.

Remember, Obama is conducting TWO wars now, and has just committed 30,000 more troops to the Middle East theater.

Are Obama and Gandhi really on the same plain?

It is just a thought.

And now, what about the “climate change” conference that has just been concluded?  Did anybody see the enormous numbers of participants in attendance?  And were they not all dressed to the hilt?  And the gourmet food and expensive champagne – was on OUR dime.

And now we are to accept the fact that the United States, along with China, and other such notable countries of moral repute, have agreed “in principle” with regard to a new climate initiative?

If anybody has even an inkling of Chinese history, they will realize that the communist Chinese are some of the most dishonest – and shrewd – businesspeople in the world, not to mention brutal.

Graft and corruption is at the very foundation of that totalitarian regime which is still controlling the “People’s” Republic of China, through ruthless suppression, governmental corruption, and forced involuntary servitude.  I am talking about 800,000,000 people at, or below, the poverty line.

As I see it, America has relinquished it’s mantle of moral superiority in favor of a crown made of FOOL’S GOLD – cast from the hand of Judas Iscariot himself.

HATS OFF TO CHRYSLER

What the hell does that mean?  Talk about a non-sequitur.  What has Chrysler got to do with anything?

Apparently, quite a bit.

Here in Sacramento, on nationwide TV, I have seen Chrysler commercials, that show walls made to keep people in – and that to gain freedom – you have to break through those walls.

During the course of the commercial, the announcer is describing the concept of freedom – and in the end shows a Chrysler automobile crashing through the wall to escape bondage.

The final sentence is where the kicker lies:

“This advertisement is dedicated to Aung San Suu Kyi, who is being held under house arrest in Burma.”

At least Chrysler has the balls to bring it to the attention of the American people – a commercial advertisement, no less – that she is still a prisoner in her own country.

And Chrylser goes further in their courageous statement by not saying Myanmar, and instead, refer to the country by its proper name – BURMA.

Why don’t our “Representatives” do the same damn thing?

Because they are too busy lining their pockets with OUR money.  When will this insanity end?

SO WHERE ARE OUR REPRESENTATIVES?

The payoffs started last year with the $875 billion dollar “stimulus” package.  The only ones who got “stimulated” was, We the People.

Then it was TARP in – and TARP out.  The bank executives get their share.

Then the healthcare “reform” program – back and forth – from the House, to the Senate, back to the House – for more crooked deals to be pounded out.

Now we have a new “climate initiative” that is absolutely NON-BINDING.  But you can bet your life that BILLIONS more American taxpayers’ money is going out in the form of bribes and even further corruption.

Imagine, the simple fact of the matter.  It is almost amusing, if it were not so tragic.

Chrysler Corporation is speaking out in the name of HUMAN RIGHTS.

Where in hell’s name are our Representatives?

It is not hard to figure out where they are.  They are packing their bags, getting ready to go back and spend Christmas with their families.  In January, the whole charade will begin anew – with We the People – picking up the tab, yet again.

They will line up at the pig sty and plunder and pillage our meager pocketbooks, beginning with tax increases in 2010.

And get ready for the next shocker.  ANOTHER STIMULUS IS ON THE WAY!

ISRAEL, IRAN AND IRAQ

So how do Israel, Iran and Iraq tie into all of this?

Actually, pretty simple to answer that one.

OIL – ATOMIC WEAPONS – UNITED STATES NATIONAL SECURITY.

President Obama, in his effort to try to “talk” to the terrorists, has actually emboldened them.  Gandhi once intoned, “You cannot shake hands with a clenched fist.”  This lesson, by a “fellow” Nobel Peace Prize winner, was obviously lost on Barack Obama.

The American President is now perceived as weak – and rightly so.  He is not a leader.  He is only following orders from his “advisors.”  He has said this time and again.  He does not lead – he follows.

And terrorists do not take followers seriously.

And neither does Israel.  There have been numerous reports that Benjamin Netanyahu believes Obama to be somewhat of an international simpleton.  But beyond that, he believes Obama will forsake Israel when the chips are down.  And furthermore, Netanyahu believes Obama to be secretly anti-Semitic.

From an international perspective, Netanyahu knows full well that the World Oil Transit Chokepoint is the Strait of Hormuz.

This waterway is vital to the IMMEDIATE National Security of the United States of America.  Even more so, in my opinion, than Pakistan or Afghanistan, at this point in time.

Since Iran has ignored each and every UN Sanction, requests for adherence, and calls for inspections – while in the meantime has developed the means by which to both build AND DELIVER AN ATOMIC WEAPON – President Netanyahu, has a rapidly closing military first strike window with which to contend.  He must act – and act soon.

I have had numerous Jewish readers write and complain that Obama has “betrayed” them and their cause. I find it interesting that so many people use the same word in voicing their displeasure with Obama.

The stakes are extremely high.  It is time to take immediate action.

I believe Israel is planning a first strike to be carried out within the next 90 days.

WHAT TO DO NOW?

The purpose of THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH is not just to lay out information that you will get nowhere else.  It is also a viable vehicle to voice your opinion immdeiately.

You can go to the list of contact numbers, that I have included on numerous occasions in previous newsletters, and flood your representatives with e-mails.  And don’t just send them to your own representatives – send e-mails to all of them.

In both the House and the Senate.

HERE IS HOW YOU DO IT IN VERY SIMPLE TERMS:

Write ONE letter.  Copy it and paste it into your e-mail window, as an e-mail, not an attachment.  Representatives DO NOT read attachments.

Take all the Representatives’ and Senators’ e-mail addresses, copy and paste them into the Bcc section, and press “Send.”  It is as simple as that.

Also make sure to put something in the “Subject” line.  For example:

“Say no to governmental healthcare or you are gone in 2010!”

“Back Israel or I will never vote for you again!”

That might get their attention.

They probably won’t answer – but they have to SIFT through all of them anyway, just to get to the ones that matter to them.

In the meantime, your representative – or more likely office staff – will see the enormous number of e-mails pertaining to a certain subject and, sooner or later, will have to mention it to their boss.

If you think it is imperative, as I do, that the United States should back Israel at all costs, then it behooves you to get on your computer and start to pound out those e-mails.

It is actually a matter of life or death, not only to Israel – but also to our allies in the region – and throughout the world.  And eventually to the United States of America.

If Israel is to execute a first strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities, as I think they have the right to do, then implore you representatives to back them all the way.  And encourage your representatives to support Israel to implement swift and decisive action.

No halfway measures this time.  We don’t need another Korea.  We cannot afford another Vietnam.

If the United States does not back the State of Israel, and if war does break out in the Middle East, then the Strait of Hormuz will, most likely, be temporarily shut down or completely blocked.

If you think that $4.00 per gallon of gas was expensive last year, wait until this waterway is out of commission.

Oil could easily go to $400 a barrel.  Since America has been so astutely dumb to allow itself to depend on imported Middle East oil, this would not only be catastrophic to our economy, but also disastrous to our men and women who are currently fighting two wars in the Middle East.

We, as a nation, are treading on extremely precarious ground.  If we fail to back Israel, our commitments – AROUND THE WORLD – will be in jeopardy – as will the eventual National Security of the United States of America.

Notify your Representative and Senators today to stand pat and defeat terrorism – before it has a chance to defeat us.

As always, it is up to We The People.

Merry Christmas, Happy Hanakauh and Season’s Greetings to all other faiths and beliefs – and HAPPY NEW YEAR!

Have a good week and keep thinking positive.

Best wishes,

Lawrence Klepinger
Editor/Publisher
THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH

Recently, THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH has received a tremendous amount of new subscribers.  I would like to welcome all those new readers to this website and encourage them to submit ideas and comments on our blog.

The only rules – so far – is that you try to keep it clean, professional and to the point.  I do not edit for spelling errors, grammatical mistakes or general content.  That is up to you.  We here at THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH call it personal responsibility.  Please do not misuse this opportunity of Freedom of Speech.

Once again, Welcome to THE AMERICAN TELEGRAPH.

AFGHANISTAN – IRAQ – PAKISTAN – MOGURA-TATAKI

Mogura-Tataki is a game in Japan that little children play.  In essence, the child has a hammer and hits the Mogura (mole) on the head and the head goes down.  But just as that head goes down, another one pops up somewhere else on the board, and the child keeps chasing the mole – but never gets him.

Thus, our military operations in the Middle East.

We are now pulling out of Iraq – or so the current administration says.  And suddenly, the violence is erupting all over again.

Much to my dismay, as I predicted in the last newsletter, President Obama has decided to send in 30,000 more troops to Afghanistan.  I consider this to be a colossal mistake, not only militarily but also from an economic standpoint.

But now that the decision has been made, it is up to We the People to back the troops to the hilt.

I urge each and every one of our readers to make it a point to say “Welcome Home” to every service member that you meet.  There is nothing that a returning Veteran likes to hear  more than those simple words.

As a Vietnam Veteran, who got nothing but single-fingered salutes when I came home, I can personally attest to the fact of how important it is to let them know they are loved and respected.

THERE IS ONLY ONE RULE OF WAR – AND THAT IS TO WIN

What I am going to say here, most people simply do not have the courage to say in public, let alone put it into print.  And I offer no apologies for doing so – even though it will probably turn off a lot of readers.

If the United States is to actually win in the Middle East, America is going to have to come to grips with reality.

During World War II, there was a